khalil - nonlinear systems slides

628
Nonlinear Systems and Control Lecture # 1 Introduction – p. 1/1

Upload: andre-gomes

Post on 27-Nov-2014

899 views

Category:

Documents


58 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 1

Introduction

– p. 1/18

Page 2: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear State Model

x1 = f1(t, x1, . . . , xn, u1, . . . , up)

x2 = f2(t, x1, . . . , xn, u1, . . . , up)

......

xn = fn(t, x1, . . . , xn, u1, . . . , up)

xi denotes the derivative of xi with respect to the timevariable t

u1, u2, . . ., up are input variables

x1, x2, . . ., xn the state variables

– p. 2/18

Page 3: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x =

x1

x2

...

...

xn

, u =

u1

u2

...

up

, f(t, x, u) =

f1(t, x, u)

f2(t, x, u)

...

...

fn(t, x, u)

x = f(t, x, u)

– p. 3/18

Page 4: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = f(t, x, u)

y = h(t, x, u)

x is the state, u is the inputy is the output (q-dimensional vector)

Special Cases:Linear systems:

x = A(t)x + B(t)u

y = C(t)x + D(t)u

Unforced state equation:

x = f(t, x)

Results from x = f(t, x, u) with u = γ(t, x)

– p. 4/18

Page 5: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Autonomous System:

x = f(x)

Time-Invariant System:

x = f(x, u)

y = h(x, u)

A time-invariant state model has a time-invariance propertywith respect to shifting the initial time from t0 to t0 + a,provided the input waveform is applied from t0 + a ratherthan t0

– p. 5/18

Page 6: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions

x = f(t, x)

f(t, x) is piecewise continuous in t and locally Lipschitz inx over the domain of interest

f(t, x) is piecewise continuous in t on an interval J ⊂ R iffor every bounded subinterval J0 ⊂ J , f is continuous in tfor all t ∈ J0, except, possibly, at a finite number of pointswhere f may have finite-jump discontinuities

f(t, x) is locally Lipschitz in x at a point x0 if there is aneighborhood N(x0, r) = x ∈ Rn | ‖x − x0‖ < rwhere f(t, x) satisfies the Lipschitz condition

‖f(t, x) − f(t, y)‖ ≤ L‖x − y‖, L > 0

– p. 6/18

Page 7: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A function f(t, x) is locally Lipschitz in x on a domain(open and connected set) D ⊂ Rn if it is locally Lipschitz atevery point x0 ∈ D

When n = 1 and f depends only on x

|f(y) − f(x)|

|y − x|≤ L

On a plot of f(x) versus x, a straight line joining any twopoints of f(x) cannot have a slope whose absolute value isgreater than L

Any function f(x) that has infinite slope at some point isnot locally Lipschitz at that point

– p. 7/18

Page 8: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A discontinuous function is not locally Lipschitz at the pointsof discontinuity

The function f(x) = x1/3 is not locally Lipschitz at x = 0since

f ′(x) = (1/3)x−2/3 → ∞ a x → 0

On the other hand, if f ′(x) is continuous at a point x0 thenf(x) is locally Lipschitz at the same point becausecontinuity of f ′(x) ensures that |f ′(x)| is bounded by aconstant k in a neighborhood of x0 ; which implies thatf(x) satisfies the Lipschitz condition L = k

More generally, if for t ∈ J ⊂ R and x in a domainD ⊂ Rn, f(t, x) and its partial derivatives ∂fi/∂xj arecontinuous, then f(t, x) is locally Lipschitz in x on D

– p. 8/18

Page 9: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: Let f(t, x) be piecewise continuous in t andlocally Lipschitz in x at x0, for all t ∈ [t0, t1]. Then, there isδ > 0 such that the state equation x = f(t, x), withx(t0) = x0, has a unique solution over [t0, t0 + δ]

Without the local Lipschitz condition, we cannot ensureuniqueness of the solution. For example, x = x1/3 hasx(t) = (2t/3)3/2 and x(t) ≡ 0 as two different solutionswhen the initial state is x(0) = 0

The lemma is a local result because it guarantees existenceand uniqueness of the solution over an interval [t0, t0 + δ],but this interval might not include a given interval [t0, t1].Indeed the solution may cease to exist after some time

– p. 9/18

Page 10: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:x = −x2

f(x) = −x2 is locally Lipschitz for all x

x(0) = −1 ⇒ x(t) =1

(t − 1)

x(t) → −∞ as t → 1

the solution has a finite escape time at t = 1

In general, if f(t, x) is locally Lipschitz over a domain Dand the solution of x = f(t, x) has a finite escape time te,then the solution x(t) must leave every compact (closedand bounded) subset of D as t → te

– p. 10/18

Page 11: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Global Existence and Uniqueness

A function f(t, x) is globally Lipschitz in x if

‖f(t, x) − f(t, y)‖ ≤ L‖x − y‖

for all x, y ∈ Rn with the same Lipschitz constant L

If f(t, x) and its partial derivatives ∂fi/∂xj are continuousfor all x ∈ Rn, then f(t, x) is globally Lipschitz in x if andonly if the partial derivatives ∂fi/∂xj are globally bounded,uniformly in t

f(x) = −x2 is locally Lipschitz for all x but not globallyLipschitz because f ′(x) = −2x is not globally bounded

– p. 11/18

Page 12: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: Let f(t, x) be piecewise continuous in t andglobally Lipschitz in x for all t ∈ [t0, t1]. Then, the stateequation x = f(t, x), with x(t0) = x0, has a uniquesolution over [t0, t1]

The global Lipschitz condition is satisfied for linear systemsof the form

x = A(t)x + g(t)

but it is a restrictive condition for general nonlinear systems

– p. 12/18

Page 13: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: Let f(t, x) be piecewise continuous in t andlocally Lipschitz in x for all t ≥ t0 and all x in a domainD ⊂ Rn. Let W be a compact subset of D, and supposethat every solution of

x = f(t, x), x(t0) = x0

with x0 ∈ W lies entirely in W . Then, there is a uniquesolution that is defined for all t ≥ t0

– p. 13/18

Page 14: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:x = −x3 = f(x)

f(x) is locally Lipschitz on R, but not globally Lipschitzbecause f ′(x) = −3x2 is not globally bounded

If, at any instant of time, x(t) is positive, the derivative x(t)will be negative. Similarly, if x(t) is negative, the derivativex(t) will be positive

Therefore, starting from any initial condition x(0) = a, thesolution cannot leave the compact set x ∈ R | |x| ≤ |a|

Thus, the equation has a unique solution for all t ≥ 0

– p. 14/18

Page 15: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Equilibrium Points

A point x = x∗ in the state space is said to be anequilibrium point of x = f(t, x) if

x(t0) = x∗ ⇒ x(t) ≡ x∗, ∀ t ≥ t0

For the autonomous system x = f(x), the equilibriumpoints are the real solutions of the equation

f(x) = 0

An equilibrium point could be isolated; that is, there are noother equilibrium points in its vicinity, or there could be acontinuum of equilibrium points

– p. 15/18

Page 16: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A linear system x = Ax can have an isolated equilibriumpoint at x = 0 (if A is nonsingular) or a continuum ofequilibrium points in the null space of A (if A is singular)

It cannot have multiple isolated equilibrium points , for if xa

and xb are two equilibrium points, then by linearity any pointon the line αxa + (1 − α)xb connecting xa and xb will bean equilibrium point

A nonlinear state equation can have multiple isolatedequilibrium points .For example, the state equation

x1 = x2, x2 = −a sin x1 − bx2

has equilibrium points at (x1 = nπ, x2 = 0) forn = 0, ±1, ±2, · · ·

– p. 16/18

Page 17: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearization

A common engineering practice in analyzing a nonlinearsystem is to linearize it about some nominal operating pointand analyze the resulting linear model

What are the limitations of linearization?

Since linearization is an approximation in theneighborhood of an operating point, it can only predictthe “local” behavior of the nonlinear system in thevicinity of that point. It cannot predict the “nonlocal” or“global” behavior

There are “essentially nonlinear phenomena” that cantake place only in the presence of nonlinearity

– p. 17/18

Page 18: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Phenomena

Finite escape time

Multiple isolated equilibrium points

Limit cycles

Subharmonic, harmonic, or almost-periodic oscillations

Chaos

Multiple modes of behavior

– p. 18/18

Page 19: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 2

Examples of Nonlinear Systems

– p. 1/17

Page 20: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Pendulum Equation

θ

mg

l

mlθ = −mg sin θ − klθ

x1 = θ, x2 = θ

– p. 2/17

Page 21: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = x2

x2 = − g

lsin x1 − k

mx2

Equilibrium Points:

0 = x2

0 = − g

lsin x1 − k

mx2

(nπ, 0) for n = 0, ±1, ±2, . . .

Nontrivial equilibrium points at (0, 0) and (π, 0)

– p. 3/17

Page 22: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Pendulum without friction:

x1 = x2

x2 = −g

lsin x1

Pendulum with torque input:

x1 = x2

x2 = − g

lsin x1 − k

mx2 +

1

ml2T

– p. 4/17

Page 23: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Tunnel-Diode Circuit

1

PPPPPPPPPPRL

CvC+ JJJ vR+E

s iC iRCC CCiL vL+ XX(a) 0 0.5 1

−0.5

0

0.5

1

i=h(v)

v,V

i,mA

(b)

iC = CdvC

dt, vL = L

diL

dt

x1 = vC , x2 = iL, u = E

– p. 5/17

Page 24: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

iC + iR − iL = 0 ⇒ iC = −h(x1) + x2

vC − E + RiL + vL = 0 ⇒ vL = −x1 − Rx2 + u

x1 =1

C[−h(x1) + x2]

x2 =1

L[−x1 − Rx2 + u]

Equilibrium Points:

0 = −h(x1) + x2

0 = −x1 − Rx2 + u

– p. 6/17

Page 25: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

h(x1) =E

R− 1

Rx1

0 0.5 10

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

Q

Q

Q1

2

3

vR

i R

– p. 7/17

Page 26: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Mass–Spring System

BBB

BBB

BBB

mp

-

- y

F

FfFsp

my + Ff + Fsp = F

Sources of nonlinearity:

Nonlinear spring restoring force Fsp = g(y)

Static or Coulomb friction

– p. 8/17

Page 27: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Fsp = g(y)

g(y) = k(1 − a2y2)y, |ay| < 1 (softening spring)

g(y) = k(1 + a2y2)y (hardening spring)

Ff may have components due to static, Coulomb, andviscous friction

When the mass is at rest, there is a static friction force Fs

that acts parallel to the surface and is limited to ±µsmg(0 < µs < 1). Fs takes whatever value, between its limits,to keep the mass at rest

Once motion has started, the resistive force Ff is modeledas a function of the sliding velocity v = y

– p. 9/17

Page 28: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

v v

Ff

(b)

v

(c)

v

Ff

(d)

(a)

Ff

Ff

(a) Coulomb friction; (b) Coulomb plus linear viscous friction; (c) static, Coulomb, and linear

viscous friction; (d) static, Coulomb, and linear viscous friction—Stribeck effect– p. 10/17

Page 29: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Negative-Resistance Oscillator

1

CiC LiL ResistiveElement

i +v

(a)CC CC

XX

v

(b)

i = h(v)

h(0) = 0, h′(0) < 0

h(v) → ∞ as v → ∞, and h(v) → −∞ as v → −∞

– p. 11/17

Page 30: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

iC + iL + i = 0

Cdv

dt+

1

L

∫ t

−∞v(s) ds + h(v) = 0

Differentiating with respect to t and multiplying by L:

CLd2v

dt2+ v + Lh′(v)

dv

dt= 0

τ = t/√

CL

dv

dτ=

√CL

dv

dt,

d2v

dτ 2= CL

d2v

dt2

– p. 12/17

Page 31: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Denote the derivative of v with respect to τ by v

v + εh′(v)v + v = 0, ε =√

L/C

Special case: Van der Pol equation

h(v) = −v + 1

3v3

v − ε(1 − v2)v + v = 0

State model: x1 = v, x2 = v

x1 = x2

x2 = −x1 − εh′(x1)x2

– p. 13/17

Page 32: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Another State Model: z1 = iL, z2 = vC

z1 =1

εz2

z2 = −ε[z1 + h(z2)]

Change of variables: z = T (x)

x1 = v = z2

x2 =dv

dτ=

√CL

dv

dt=

L

C[−iL − h(vC)]

= ε[−z1 − h(z2)]

T (x) =

[

−h(x1) − 1

εx2

x1

]

, T −1(z) =

[

z2

−εz1 − εh(z2)

]

– p. 14/17

Page 33: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Adaptive Control

Plant : yp = apyp + kpu

ReferenceModel : ym = amym + kmr

u(t) = θ∗1r(t) + θ∗

2yp(t)

θ∗1

=km

kpand θ∗

2=

am − ap

kp

When ap and kp are unknown, we may use

u(t) = θ1(t)r(t) + θ2(t)yp(t)

where θ1(t) and θ2(t) are adjusted on-line

– p. 15/17

Page 34: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Adaptive Law (gradient algorithm):

θ1 = −γ(yp − ym)r

θ2 = −γ(yp − ym)yp, γ > 0

State Variables: eo = yp −ym, φ1 = θ1 −θ∗1, φ2 = θ2 −θ∗

2

ym = apym + kp(θ∗1r + θ∗

2ym)

yp = apyp + kp(θ1r + θ2yp)

eo = apeo + kp(θ1 − θ∗1)r + kp(θ2yp − θ∗

2ym)

= · · · · · · + kp[θ∗2yp − θ∗

2yp]

= (ap + kpθ∗2)eo + kp(θ1 − θ∗

1)r + kp(θ2 − θ∗

2)yp

– p. 16/17

Page 35: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Closed-Loop System:

eo = ameo + kpφ1r(t) + kpφ2[eo + ym(t)]

φ1 = −γeor(t)

φ2 = −γeo[eo + ym(t)]

– p. 17/17

Page 36: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 3

Second-Order Systems

– p. 1/??

Page 37: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = f1(x1, x2) = f1(x)

x2 = f2(x1, x2) = f2(x)

Let x(t) = (x1(t), x2(t)) be a solution that starts at initialstate x0 = (x10, x20). The locus in the x1–x2 plane of thesolution x(t) for all t ≥ 0 is a curve that passes through thepoint x0. This curve is called a trajectory or orbitThe x1–x2 plane is called the state plane or phase planeThe family of all trajectories is called the phase portraitThe vector field f(x) = (f1(x), f2(x)) is tangent to thetrajectory at point x because

dx2

dx1=

f2(x)

f1(x)

– p. 2/??

Page 38: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Vector Field diagram

Represent f(x) as a vector based at x; that is, assign to xthe directed line segment from x to x + f(x)

q

q

*

x1

x2

f(x)

x = (1, 1)

x + f(x) = (3, 2)

Repeat at every point in a grid covering the plane

– p. 3/??

Page 39: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

−5 0 5−6

−4

−2

0

2

4

6

x1

x 2

x1 = x2, x2 = −10 sin x1

– p. 4/??

Page 40: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Numerical Construction of the Phase Portrait:

Select a bounding box in the state plane

Select an initial point x0 and calculate the trajectorythrough it by solving

x = f(x), x(0) = x0

in forward time (with positive t) and in reverse time (withnegative t)

x = −f(x), x(0) = x0

Repeat the process interactively

Use Simulink or pplane

– p. 5/??

Page 41: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Qualitative Behavior of Linear Systems

x = Ax, A is a 2 × 2 real matrix

x(t) = M exp(Jrt)M−1x0

Jr =

[

λ1 0

0 λ2

]

or

[

λ 0

0 λ

]

or

[

λ 1

0 λ

]

or

[

α −β

β α

]

x(t) = Mz(t)

z = Jrz(t)

– p. 6/??

Page 42: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 1. Both eigenvalues are real: λ1 6= λ2 6= 0

M = [v1, v2]

v1 & v2 are the real eigenvectors associated with λ1 & λ2

z1 = λ1z1, z2 = λ2z2

z1(t) = z10eλ1t, z2(t) = z20e

λ2t

z2 = czλ2/λ1

1 , c = z20/(z10)λ2/λ1

The shape of the phase portrait depends on the signs of λ1

and λ2

– p. 7/??

Page 43: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

λ2 < λ1 < 0

eλ1t and eλ2t tend to zero as t → ∞

eλ2t tends to zero faster than eλ1t

Call λ2 the fast eigenvalue (v2 the fast eigenvector) and λ1

the slow eigenvalue (v1 the slow eigenvector)

The trajectory tends to the origin along the curve

z2 = czλ2/λ1

1 with λ2/λ1 > 1

dz2

dz1= c

λ2

λ1z

[(λ2/λ1)−1]1

– p. 8/??

Page 44: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1

z2

Stable Node

λ2 > λ1 > 0

Reverse arrowheads

Reverse arrowheads =⇒ Unstable Node – p. 9/??

Page 45: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x2

x 1

v1

v2

(b)

x1

x 2

v1

v2

(a)

Stable Node Unstable Node

– p. 10/??

Page 46: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

λ2 < 0 < λ1

eλ1t → ∞, while eλ2t → 0 as t → ∞

Call λ2 the stable eigenvalue (v2 the stable eigenvector)and λ1 the unstable eigenvalue (v1 the unstableeigenvector)

z2 = czλ2/λ1

1 , λ2/λ1 < 0

Saddle

– p. 11/??

Page 47: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1

z2

(a)

x 1

x 2v1v2

(b)

Phase Portrait of a Saddle Point

– p. 12/??

Page 48: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 2. Complex eigenvalues: λ1,2 = α ± jβ

z1 = αz1 − βz2, z2 = βz1 + αz2

r =√

z21 + z2

2, θ = tan−1

(

z2

z1

)

r(t) = r0eαt and θ(t) = θ0 + βt

α < 0 ⇒ r(t) → 0 as t → ∞

α > 0 ⇒ r(t) → ∞ as t → ∞

α = 0 ⇒ r(t) ≡ r0 ∀ t

– p. 13/??

Page 49: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1

z2 (c)

z1

z2 (b)

z1

z2(a)

α < 0 α > 0 α = 0

Stable Focus Unstable Focus Center

x 1

x2(c)

x1

x 2(b)

x 1

x2(a)

– p. 14/??

Page 50: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Effect of Perturbations

A → A + δA (δA arbitrarily small)

The eigenvalues of a matrix depend continuously on itsparameters

A node (with distinct eigenvalues), a saddle or a focus isstructurally stable because the qualitative behavior remainsthe same under arbitrarily small perturbations in A

A stable node with multiple eigenvalues could become astable node or a stable focus under arbitrarily smallperturbations in A

– p. 15/??

Page 51: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A center is not structurally stable[

µ 1

−1 µ

]

Eigenvalues = µ ± j

µ < 0 ⇒ Stable Focus

µ > 0 ⇒ Unstable Focus

– p. 16/??

Page 52: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 4

Qualitative Behavior NearEquilibrium Points

&Multiple Equilibria

– p. 1/??

Page 53: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The qualitative behavior of a nonlinear system near anequilibrium point can take one of the patterns we have seenwith linear systems. Correspondingly the equilibrium pointsare classified as stable node, unstable node, saddle, stablefocus, unstable focus, or center

Can we determine the type of the equilibrium point of anonlinear system by linearization?

– p. 2/??

Page 54: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Let p = (p1, p2) be an equilibrium point of the system

x1 = f1(x1, x2), x2 = f2(x1, x2)

where f1 and f2 are continuously differentiableExpand f1 and f2 in Taylor series about (p1, p2)

x1 = f1(p1, p2) + a11(x1 − p1) + a12(x2 − p2) + H.O.T.

x2 = f2(p1, p2) + a21(x1 − p1) + a22(x2 − p2) + H.O.T.

a11 =∂f1(x1, x2)

∂x1

x=p

, a12 =∂f1(x1, x2)

∂x2

x=p

a21 =∂f2(x1, x2)

∂x1

x=p

, a22 =∂f2(x1, x2)

∂x2

x=p

– p. 3/??

Page 55: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

f1(p1, p2) = f2(p1, p2) = 0

y1 = x1 − p1 y2 = x2 − p2

y1 = x1 = a11y1 + a12y2 + H.O.T.

y2 = x2 = a21y1 + a22y2 + H.O.T.

y ≈ Ay

A =

a11 a12

a21 a22

=

∂f1

∂x1

∂f1

∂x2

∂f2

∂x1

∂f2

∂x2

x=p

=∂f

∂x

x=p

– p. 4/??

Page 56: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Eigenvalues of A Type of equilibrium pointof the nonlinear system

λ2 < λ1 < 0 Stable Nodeλ2 > λ1 > 0 Unstable Nodeλ2 < 0 < λ1 Saddle

α ± jβ, α < 0 Stable Focusα ± jβ, α > 0 Unstable Focus

±jβ Linearization Fails

– p. 5/??

Page 57: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x2 − µx1(x2

1+ x2

2)

x2 = x1 − µx2(x2

1+ x2

2)

x = 0 is an equilibrium point

∂f

∂x=

[

−µ(3x2

1+ x2

2) −(1 + 2µx1x2)

(1 − 2µx1x2) −µ(x2

1+ 3x2

2)

]

A =∂f

∂x

x=0

=

[

0 −1

1 0

]

x1 = r cos θ and x2 = r sin θ ⇒ r = −µr3 and θ = 1

Stable focus when µ > 0 and Unstable focus when µ < 0

– p. 6/??

Page 58: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

For a saddle point, we can use linearization to generate thestable and unstable trajectories

Let the eigenvalues of the linearization be λ1 > 0 > λ2 andthe corresponding eigenvectors be v1 and v2

The stable and unstable trajectories will be tangent to thestable and unstable eigenvectors, respectively, as theyapproach the equilibrium point p

For the unstable trajectories use x0 = p ± αv1

For the stable trajectories use x0 = p ± αv2

α is a small positive number

– p. 7/??

Page 59: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Multiple Equilibria

Example: Tunnel-diode circuit

x1 = 0.5[−h(x1) + x2]

x2 = 0.2(−x1 − 1.5x2 + 1.2)

h(x1) = 17.76x1−103.79x2

1+229.62x3

1−226.31x4

1+83.72x5

1

0 0.5 10

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Q2

Q3

Q1

vR

iR

Q1 = (0.063, 0.758)

Q2 = (0.285, 0.61)

Q3 = (0.884, 0.21)

– p. 8/??

Page 60: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∂f

∂x=

[

−0.5h′(x1) 0.5

−0.2 −0.3

]

A1 =

[

−3.598 0.5

−0.2 −0.3

]

, Eigenvalues : − 3.57, −0.33

A2 =

[

1.82 0.5

−0.2 −0.3

]

, Eigenvalues : 1.77, −0.25

A3 =

[

−1.427 0.5

−0.2 −0.3

]

, Eigenvalues : − 1.33, −0.4

Q1 is a stable node; Q2 is a saddle; Q3 is a stable node

– p. 9/??

Page 61: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x ’ = 0.5 ( − 17.76 x + 103.79 x2 − 229.62 x3 + 226.31 x4 − 83.72 x5 + y)y ’ = 0.2 ( − x − 1.5 y + 1.2)

−0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5−0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5

x

y

– p. 10/??

Page 62: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Hysteresis characteristics of the tunnel-diode circuit

u = E, y = vR

0 0.5 10

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

Q2

Q3

Q1

vR

iR

0 1 2 30

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

1.2

E AB

FC

D

u

y

– p. 11/??

Page 63: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 5

Limit Cycles

– p. 1/??

Page 64: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Oscillation: A system oscillates when it has a nontrivialperiodic solution

x(t + T ) = x(t), ∀ t ≥ 0

Linear (Harmonic) Oscillator:

z =

[

0 −β

β 0

]

z

z1(t) = r0 cos(βt + θ0), z2(t) = r0 sin(βt + θ0)

r0 =√

z2

1(0) + z2

2(0), θ0 = tan−1

[

z2(0)

z1(0)

]

– p. 2/??

Page 65: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The linear oscillation is not practical because

It is not structurally stable. Infinitesimally smallperturbations may change the type of the equilibriumpoint to a stable focus (decaying oscillation) or unstablefocus (growing oscillation)

The amplitude of oscillation depends on the initialconditions

The same problems exist with oscillation of nonlinearsystems due to a center equilibrium point (e.g., pendulumwithout friction)

– p. 3/??

Page 66: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Limit Cycles:

Example: Negative Resistance Oscillator

1

CiC LiL ResistiveElement

i +v

(a)CC CC

XX

v

(b)

i = h(v)

– p. 4/??

Page 67: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = x2

x2 = −x1 − εh′(x1)x2

There is a unique equilibrium point at the origin

A =∂f

∂x

x=0

=

0 1

−1 −εh′(0)

λ2 + εh′(0)λ + 1 = 0

h′(0) < 0 ⇒ Unstable Focus or Unstable Node

– p. 5/??

Page 68: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Energy Analysis:

E = 1

2Cv2

C + 1

2Li2L

vC = x1 and iL = −h(x1) −1

εx2

E = 1

2Cx2

1+ [εh(x1) + x2]

2

E = Cx1x1 + [εh(x1) + x2][εh′(x1)x1 + x2]

= Cx1x2 + [εh(x1) + x2][εh′(x1)x2 − x1 − εh′(x1)x2]

= C[x1x2 − εx1h(x1) − x1x2]

= −εCx1h(x1)

– p. 6/??

Page 69: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1−a

b

E = −εCx1h(x1)

– p. 7/??

Page 70: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Van der Pol Oscillator

x1 = x2

x2 = −x1 + ε(1 − x2

1)x2

−2 0 2 4−3

−2

−1

0

1

2

3

(b)

x1

x2

−2 0 2 4

−2

−1

0

1

2

3

4

(a)

x1

x2

ε = 0.2 ε = 1

– p. 8/??

Page 71: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1 =1

εz2

z2 = −ε(z1 − z2 + 1

3z3

2)

−2 0 2−3

−2

−1

0

1

2

3

(b)

z1

z2

−5 0 5 10

−5

0

5

10

(a)

x1

x2

ε = 5

– p. 9/??

Page 72: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1

x2

(a)

x1

x2

(b)

Stable Limit Cycle Unstable Limit Cycle

– p. 10/??

Page 73: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Wien-Bridge Oscillator

1

C2v2+ PPPPPPPPPP R2BBB BBB BBB R1 C1v1+ s

"!# g(v2)+

Equivalent Circuit

– p. 11/??

Page 74: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

State variables x1 = v1 and x2 = v2

x1 =1

C1R1

[−x1 + x2 − g(x2)]

x2 = −1

C2R1

[−x1 + x2 − g(x2)] −1

C2R2

x2

There is a unique equilibrium point at x = 0

Numerical data: C1 = C2 = R1 = R2 = 1

g(v) = 3.234v − 2.195v3 + 0.666v5

– p. 12/??

Page 75: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x ’ = − x + y − (3.234 y − 2.195 y3 + 0.666 y5) y ’ = − ( − x + y − (3.234 y − 2.195 y3 + 0.666 y5)) − y

−1 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

−1

−0.8

−0.6

−0.4

−0.2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1

x

y

– p. 13/??

Page 76: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x ’ = − x + y − (3.234 y − 2.195 y3 + 0.666 y5) y ’ = − ( − x + y − (3.234 y − 2.195 y3 + 0.666 y5)) − y

−6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6

−6

−4

−2

0

2

4

6

x

y

– p. 14/??

Page 77: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 6Bifurcation

– p. 1/??

Page 78: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Bifurcation is a change in the equilibrium points or periodicorbits, or in their stability properties, as a parameter isvaried

Example

x1 = µ − x2

1

x2 = −x2

Find the equilibrium points and their types for differentvalues of µ

For µ > 0 there are two equilibrium points at (√

µ, 0) and(−√

µ, 0)

– p. 2/??

Page 79: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearization at (√

µ, 0):[

−2√

µ 0

0 −1

]

(√

µ, 0) is a stable node

Linearization at (−√µ, 0):

[

2√

µ 0

0 −1

]

(−√µ, 0) is a saddle

– p. 3/??

Page 80: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = µ − x2

1, x2 = −x2

No equilibrium points when µ < 0

As µ decreases, the saddle and node approach each other,collide at µ = 0, and disappear for µ < 0

x1

x2

x2

x1

x1

x2

µ > 0 µ = 0 µ < 0

– p. 4/??

Page 81: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

µ is called the bifurcation parameter and µ = 0 is thebifurcation point

Bifurcation Diagram

µ(a) Saddle−node bifurcation

– p. 5/??

Page 82: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex1 = µx1 − x2

1, x2 = −x2

Two equilibrium points at (0, 0) and (µ, 0)

The Jacobian at (0, 0) is

[

µ 0

0 −1

]

(0, 0) is a stable node for µ < 0 and a saddle for µ > 0

The Jacobian at (µ, 0) is

[

−µ 0

0 −1

]

(µ, 0) is a saddle for µ < 0 and a stable node for µ > 0An eigenvalue crosses the origin as µ crosses zero

– p. 6/??

Page 83: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

While the equilibrium points persist through the bifurcationpoint µ = 0, (0, 0) changes from a stable node to a saddleand (µ, 0) changes from a saddle to a stable node

µ(a) Saddle−node bifurcation

µ(b) Transcritical bifurcation

dangerous or hard safe or soft

– p. 7/??

Page 84: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex1 = µx1 − x3

1, x2 = −x2

For µ < 0, there is a stable node at the origin

For µ > 0, there are three equilibrium points: a saddle at(0, 0) and stable nodes at (

√µ, 0), and (−√

µ, 0)

µ(c) Supercritical pitchfork bifurcation

– p. 8/??

Page 85: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex1 = µx1 + x3

1, x2 = −x2

For µ < 0, there are three equilibrium points: a stable nodeat (0, 0) and two saddles at (±√−µ, 0)

For µ > 0, there is a saddle at (0, 0)

µ(d) Subcritical pitchfork bifurcation

– p. 9/??

Page 86: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Notice the difference between supercritical and subcriticalpitchfork bifurcations

µ(c) Supercritical pitchfork bifurcation

µ(d) Subcritical pitchfork bifurcation

safe or soft dangerous or hard

– p. 10/??

Page 87: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Tunnel diode Circuit

x1 =1

C[−h(x1) + x2]

x2 =1

L[−x1 − Rx2 + µ]

A B

x2 = h(x

1)

x1

x2

(a)A B µ

(b)

– p. 11/??

Page 88: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x1(µ − x2

1− x2

2) − x2

x2 = x2(µ − x2

1− x2

2) + x1

There is a unique equilibrium point at the origin

Linearization:

[

µ −1

1 µ

]

Stable focus for µ < 0, and unstable focus for µ > 0

A pair of complex eigenvalues cross the imaginary axis asµ crosses zero

– p. 12/??

Page 89: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

r = µr − r3 and θ = 1

For µ > 0, there is a stable limit cycle at r =√

µ

x2

x1

x2

x1

µ < 0 µ > 0

Supercritical Hopf bifurcation

– p. 13/??

Page 90: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x1

[

µ + (x2

1+ x2

2) − (x2

1+ x2

2)2

]

− x2

x2 = x2

[

µ + (x2

1+ x2

2) − (x2

1+ x2

2)2

]

+ x1

There is a unique equilibrium point at the origin

Linearization:

[

µ −1

1 µ

]

Stable focus for µ < 0, and unstable focus for µ > 0

A pair of complex eigenvalues cross the imaginary axis asµ crosses zero

– p. 14/??

Page 91: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

r = µr + r3 − r5 and θ = 1

Sketch of µr + r3 − r5:

r r

µ < 0 µ > 0

For small |µ|, the stable limit cycles are approximated byr = 1, while the unstable limit cycle for µ < 0 isapproximated by r =

|µ|

– p. 15/??

Page 92: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

As µ increases from negative to positive values, the stablefocus at the origin merges with the unstable limit cycle andbifurcates into unstable focus

Subcritical Hopf bifurcation

µ(e) Supercritical Hopf bifurcation

µ(f) Subcrtitical Hopf bifurcation

safe or soft dangerous or hard

– p. 16/??

Page 93: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

All six types of bifurcation occur in the vicinity of anequilibrium point. They are called local bifurcations

Example of Global Bifurcation

x1 = x2

x2 = µx2 + x1 − x2

1+ x1x2

There are two equilibrium points at (0, 0) and (1, 0). Bylinearization, we can see that (0, 0) is always a saddle,while (1, 0) is an unstable focus for −1 < µ < 1

Limit analysis to the range −1 < µ < 1

– p. 17/??

Page 94: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x2

x1

µ=−0.95

x1

x2

µ=−0.88

x1

x2

µ=−0.8645

x1

x2

µ=−0.8

Saddle–connection (or homoclinic) bifurcation

– p. 18/??

Page 95: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 7

Stability of Equilibrium PointsBasic Concepts & Linearization

– p. 1/??

Page 96: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = f(x)

f is locally Lipschitz over a domain D ⊂ Rn

Suppose x ∈ D is an equilibrium point; that is, f(x) = 0

Characterize and study the stability of x

For convenience, we state all definitions and theorems forthe case when the equilibrium point is at the origin of Rn;that is, x = 0. No loss of generality

y = x − x

y = x = f(x) = f(y + x)def= g(y), where g(0) = 0

– p. 2/??

Page 97: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The equilibrium point x = 0 of x = f(x) is

stable if for each ε > 0 there is δ > 0 (dependent on ε)such that

‖x(0)‖ < δ ⇒ ‖x(t)‖ < ε, ∀ t ≥ 0

unstable if it is not stable

asymptotically stable if it is stable and δ can be chosensuch that

‖x(0)‖ < δ ⇒ limt→∞

x(t) = 0

– p. 3/??

Page 98: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

First-Order Systems (n = 1)

The behavior of x(t) in the neighborhood of the origin canbe determined by examining the sign of f(x)

The ε–δ requirement for stability is violated if xf(x) > 0 oneither side of the origin

f(x)

x

f(x)

x

f(x)

x

Unstable Unstable Unstable

– p. 4/??

Page 99: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The origin is stable if and only if xf(x) ≤ 0 in someneighborhood of the origin

f(x)

x

f(x)

x

f(x)

x

Stable Stable Stable

– p. 5/??

Page 100: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The origin is asymptotically stable if and only if xf(x) < 0in some neighborhood of the origin

f(x)

x−a b

f(x)

x

(a) (b)

Asymptotically Stable Globally Asymptotically Stable

– p. 6/??

Page 101: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: Let the origin be an asymptotically stableequilibrium point of the system x = f(x), where f is alocally Lipschitz function defined over a domain D ⊂ Rn

( 0 ∈ D)

The region of attraction (also called region ofasymptotic stability, domain of attraction, or basin) is theset of all points x0 in D such that the solution of

x = f(x), x(0) = x0

is defined for all t ≥ 0 and converges to the origin as t

tends to infinity

The origin is said to be globally asymptotically stable ifthe region of attraction is the whole space Rn

– p. 7/??

Page 102: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Second-Order Systems (n = 2)

Type of equilibrium point Stability PropertyCenter

Stable NodeStable Focus

Unstable NodeUnstable Focus

Saddle

– p. 8/??

Page 103: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Tunnel Diode Circuit

x ’ = 0.5 ( − 17.76 x + 103.79 x2 − 229.62 x3 + 226.31 x4 − 83.72 x5 + y)y ’ = 0.2 ( − x − 1.5 y + 1.2)

−0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5−0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5

x

y

– p. 9/??

Page 104: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum Without Friction

x ’ = y y ’ = − 10 sin(x)

−4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4

−8

−6

−4

−2

0

2

4

6

8

x

y

– p. 10/??

Page 105: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum With Friction

x ’ = y y ’ = − 10 sin(x) − y

−4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4

−8

−6

−4

−2

0

2

4

6

8

x

y

– p. 11/??

Page 106: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linear Time-Invariant Systems

x = Ax

x(t) = exp(At)x(0)

P −1AP = J = block diag[J1, J2, . . . , Jr]

Ji =

λi 1 0 . . . . . . 0

0 λi 1 0 . . . 0... . . . ...... . . . 0... . . . 1

0 . . . . . . . . . 0 λi

m×m

– p. 12/??

Page 107: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

exp(At) = P exp(Jt)P −1 =r

i=1

mi∑

k=1

tk−1 exp(λit)Rik

mi is the order of the Jordan block Ji

Re[λi] < 0 ∀ i ⇔ Asymptotically Stable

Re[λi] > 0 for some i ⇒ Unstable

Re[λi] ≤ 0 ∀ i & mi > 1 for Re[λi] = 0 ⇒ Unstable

Re[λi] ≤ 0 ∀ i & mi = 1 for Re[λi] = 0 ⇒ Stable

If an n × n matrix A has a repeated eigenvalue λi ofalgebraic multiplicity qi, then the Jordan blocks of λi haveorder one if and only if rank(A − λiI) = n − qi

– p. 13/??

Page 108: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: The equilibrium point x = 0 of x = Ax is stable ifand only if all eigenvalues of A satisfy Re[λi] ≤ 0 and forevery eigenvalue with Re[λi] = 0 and algebraic multiplicityqi ≥ 2, rank(A − λiI) = n − qi, where n is the dimensionof x. The equilibrium point x = 0 is globally asymptoticallystable if and only if all eigenvalues of A satisfy Re[λi] < 0

When all eigenvalues of A satisfy Re[λi] < 0, A is called aHurwitz matrix

When the origin of a linear system is asymptotically stable,its solution satisfies the inequality

‖x(t)‖ ≤ k‖x(0)‖e−λt, ∀ t ≥ 0

k ≥ 1, λ > 0

– p. 14/??

Page 109: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Exponential Stability

Definition: The equilibrium point x = 0 of x = f(x) is saidto be exponentially stable if

‖x(t)‖ ≤ k‖x(0)‖e−λt, ∀ t ≥ 0

k ≥ 1, λ > 0, for all ‖x(0)‖ < c

It is said to be globally exponentially stable if the inequalityis satisfied for any initial state x(0)

Exponential Stability ⇒ Asymptotic Stability

– p. 15/??

Page 110: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = −x3

The origin is asymptotically stable

x(t) =x(0)

1 + 2tx2(0)

x(t) does not satisfy |x(t)| ≤ ke−λt|x(0)| because

|x(t)| ≤ ke−λt|x(0)| ⇒e2λt

1 + 2tx2(0)≤ k2

Impossible because limt→∞

e2λt

1 + 2tx2(0)= ∞

– p. 16/??

Page 111: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearizationx = f(x), f(0) = 0

f is continuously differentiable over D = ‖x‖ < r

J(x) =∂f

∂x(x)

h(σ) = f(σx) for 0 ≤ σ ≤ 1

h′(σ) = J(σx)x

h(1) − h(0) =

∫ 1

0

h′(σ) dσ, h(0) = f(0) = 0

f(x) =

∫ 1

0

J(σx) dσ x

– p. 17/??

Page 112: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

f(x) =

∫ 1

0

J(σx) dσ x

Set A = J(0) and add and subtract Ax

f(x) = [A+G(x)]x, where G(x) =

∫ 1

0

[J(σx)−J(0)] dσ

G(x) → 0 as x → 0

This suggests that in a small neighborhood of the origin wecan approximate the nonlinear system x = f(x) by itslinearization about the origin x = Ax

– p. 18/??

Page 113: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem:

The origin is exponentially stable if and only ifRe[λi] < 0 for all eigenvalues of A

The origin is unstable if Re[λi] > 0 for some i

Linearization fails when Re[λi] ≤ 0 for all i, withRe[λi] = 0 for some i

Examplex = ax3

A =∂f

∂x

x=0

= 3ax2∣

x=0= 0

Stable if a = 0; Asymp stable if a < 0; Unstable if a > 0When a < 0, the origin is not exponentially stable

– p. 19/??

Page 114: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 8

Lyapunov Stability

– p. 1/10

Page 115: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Let V (x) be a continuously differentiable function defined ina domain D ⊂ Rn; 0 ∈ D. The derivative of V along thetrajectories of x = f(x) is

V (x) =

n∑

i=1

∂V

∂xixi =

n∑

i=1

∂V

∂xifi(x)

=[

∂V∂x1

, ∂V∂x2

, . . . , ∂V∂xn

]

f1(x)

f2(x)...

fn(x)

=∂V

∂xf(x)

– p. 2/10

Page 116: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

If φ(t; x) is the solution of x = f(x) that starts at initialstate x at time t = 0, then

V (x) =d

dtV (φ(t; x))

t=0

If V (x) is negative, V will decrease along the solution ofx = f(x)

If V (x) is positive, V will increase along the solution ofx = f(x)

– p. 3/10

Page 117: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lyapunov’s Theorem:

If there is V (x) such that

V (0) = 0 and V (x) > 0, ∀ x ∈ D/0

V (x) ≤ 0, ∀ x ∈ D

then the origin is a stable

Moreover, if

V (x) < 0, ∀ x ∈ D/0

then the origin is asymptotically stable

– p. 4/10

Page 118: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Furthermore, if V (x) > 0, ∀ x 6= 0,

‖x‖ → ∞ ⇒ V (x) → ∞

and V (x) < 0, ∀ x 6= 0, then the origin is globallyasymptotically stable

Proof: DB

r

Ωβ

0 < r ≤ ε, Br = ‖x‖ ≤ r

α = min‖x‖=r

V (x) > 0

0 < β < α

Ωβ = x ∈ Br | V (x) ≤ β

‖x‖ ≤ δ ⇒ V (x) < β

– p. 5/10

Page 119: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Solutions starting in Ωβ stay in Ωβ because V (x) ≤ 0 in Ωβ

x(0) ∈ Bδ ⇒ x(0) ∈ Ωβ ⇒ x(t) ∈ Ωβ ⇒ x(t) ∈ Br

‖x(0)‖ < δ ⇒ ‖x(t)‖ < r ≤ ε, ∀ t ≥ 0

⇒ The origin is stable

Now suppose V (x) < 0 ∀ x ∈ D/0. V (x(t) ismonotonically decreasing and V (x(t)) ≥ 0

limt→∞

V (x(t)) = c ≥ 0

limt→∞

V (x(t)) = c ≥ 0 Show that c = 0

Suppose c > 0. By continuity of V (x), there is d > 0 suchthat Bd ⊂ Ωc. Then, x(t) lies outside Bd for all t ≥ 0

– p. 6/10

Page 120: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

γ = − maxd≤‖x‖≤r

V (x)

V (x(t)) = V (x(0)) +

∫ t

0

V (x(τ )) dτ ≤ V (x(0)) − γt

This inequality contradicts the assumption c > 0

⇒ The origin is asymptotically stable

The condition ‖x‖ → ∞ ⇒ V (x) → ∞ implies that theset Ωc = x ∈ Rn | V (x) ≤ c is compact for every c > 0.This is so because for any c > 0, there is r > 0 such thatV (x) > c whenever ‖x‖ > r. Thus, Ωc ⊂ Br. All solutionsstarting Ωc will converge to the origin. For any pointp ∈ Rn, choosing c = V (p) ensures that p ∈ Ωc

⇒ The origin is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 7/10

Page 121: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

TerminologyV (0) = 0, V (x) ≥ 0 for x 6= 0 Positive semidefiniteV (0) = 0, V (x) > 0 for x 6= 0 Positive definiteV (0) = 0, V (x) ≤ 0 for x 6= 0 Negative semidefiniteV (0) = 0, V (x) < 0 for x 6= 0 Negative definite

‖x‖ → ∞ ⇒ V (x) → ∞ Radially unbounded

Lyapunov’ Theorem: The origin is stable if there is acontinuously differentiable positive definite function V (x) sothat V (x) is negative semidefinite, and it is asymptoticallystable if V (x) is negative definite. It is globallyasymptotically stable if the conditions for asymptoticstability hold globally and V (x) is radially unbounded

– p. 8/10

Page 122: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A continuously differentiable function V (x) satisfying theconditions for stability is called a Lyapunov function. Thesurface V (x) = c, for some c > 0, is called a Lyapunovsurface or a level surface

V (x) = c 1

c 2

c 3

c 1<c 2<c 3

– p. 9/10

Page 123: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Why do we need the radial unboundedness condition toshow global asymptotic stability?It ensures that Ωc = x ∈ Rn | V (x) ≤ c is bounded forevery c > 0Without it Ωc might not bounded for large cExample

V (x) =x2

1

1 + x2

1

+ x2

2

cccccccccccccc

hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhx 1

x 2

– p. 10/10

Page 124: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 9

Lyapunov Stability

– p. 1/15

Page 125: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Quadratic Forms

V (x) = xT Px =n

i=1

n∑

j=1

pijxixj , P = P T

λmin(P )‖x‖2 ≤ xT Px ≤ λmax(P )‖x‖2

P ≥ 0 (Positive semidefinite) if and only if λi(P ) ≥ 0 ∀i

P > 0 (Positive definite) if and only if λi(P ) > 0 ∀i

V (x) is positive definite if and only if P is positive definiteV (x) is positive semidefinite if and only if P is positivesemidefiniteP > 0 if and only if all the leading principal minors of P arepositive

– p. 2/15

Page 126: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linear Systemsx = Ax

V (x) = xT Px, P = P T > 0

V (x) = xT Px + xT Px = xT (PA + AT P )xdef= −xT Qx

If Q > 0, then A is Hurwitz

Or choose Q > 0 and solve the Lyapunov equation

PA + AT P = −Q

If P > 0, then A is Hurwitz

Matlab: P = lyap(A′, Q)

– p. 3/15

Page 127: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem A matrix A is Hurwitz if and only if for anyQ = QT > 0 there is P = P T > 0 that satisfies theLyapunov equation

PA + AT P = −Q

Moreover, if A is Hurwitz, then P is the unique solution

Idea of the proof: Sufficiency follows from Lyapunov’stheorem. Necessity is shown by verifying that

P =

∫ ∞

0

exp(AT t)Q exp(At) dt

is positive definite and satisfies the Lyapunov equation

– p. 4/15

Page 128: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearization

x = f(x) = [A + G(x)]x

G(x) → 0 as x → 0

Suppose A is Hurwitz. Choose Q = QT > 0 and solve theLyapunov equation PA + AT P = −Q for P . UseV (x) = xT Px as a Lyapunov function candidate forx = f(x)

V (x) = xT Pf(x) + fT (x)Px

= xT P [A + G(x)]x + xT [AT + GT (x)]Px

= xT (PA + AT P )x + 2xT PG(x)x

= −xT Qx + 2xT PG(x)x

– p. 5/15

Page 129: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) ≤ −xT Qx + 2‖P‖ ‖G(x)‖ ‖x‖2

For any γ > 0, there exists r > 0 such that

‖G(x)‖ < γ, ∀ ‖x‖ < r

xT Qx ≥ λmin(Q)‖x‖2 ⇔ −xT Qx ≤ −λmin(Q)‖x‖2

V (x) < −[λmin(Q) − 2γ‖P‖]‖x‖2, ∀ ‖x‖ < r

Choose

γ <λmin(Q)

2‖P‖V (x) = xT Px is a Lyapunov function for x = f(x)

– p. 6/15

Page 130: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

We can use V (x) = xT Px to estimate the region ofattraction

Suppose V (x) < 0, ∀ 0 < ‖x‖ < r

Take c = min‖x‖=r

xT Px = λmin(P )r2

xT Px < c ⊂ ‖x‖ < rAll trajectories starting in the set xT Px < c approach theorigin as t tends to ∞. Hence, the set xT Px < c is asubset of the region of attraction (an estimate of the regionof attraction)

– p. 7/15

Page 131: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x2

x2 = x1 + (x2

1− 1)x2

A =∂f

∂x

x=0

=

[

0 −1

1 −1

]

has eigenvalues (−1 ± j√

3)/2. Hence the origin isasymptotically stable

Take Q = I, PA+AT P = −I ⇒ P =

[

1.5 −0.5

−0.5 1

]

λmin(P ) = 0.691

– p. 8/15

Page 132: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = xT Px = 1.5x2

1− x1x2 + x2

2

V (x) = (3x1 − x2)(−x2) + (−x1 + 2x2)[x1 + (x2

1− 1)x2]

= −(x2

1+ x2

2) − (x3

1x2 − 2x2

1x2

2)

V (x) ≤ −‖x‖2+|x1| |x1x2| |x1−2x2| ≤ −‖x‖2+

√5

2‖x‖4

where |x1| ≤ ‖x‖, |x1x2| ≤ 1

2‖x‖2, |x1 − 2x2| ≤

√5‖x‖

V (x) < 0 for 0 < ‖x‖2 <2

√5

def= r2

Take c = λmin(P )r2 = 0.691 × 2√

5= 0.618

V (x) < c is an estimate of the region of attraction– p. 9/15

Page 133: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:x = −g(x)

g(0) = 0; xg(x) > 0, ∀ x 6= 0 and x ∈ (−a, a)

V (x) =

∫ x

0

g(y) dy

V (x) =∂V

∂x[−g(x)] = −g2(x) < 0, ∀ x ∈ (−a, a), x 6= 0

The origin is asymptotically stable

If xg(x) > 0 for all x 6= 0, use

V (x) = 1

2x2 +

∫ x

0

g(y) dy

– p. 10/15

Page 134: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = 1

2x2 +

∫ x

0

g(y) dy

is positive definite for all x and radially unbounded sinceV (x) ≥ 1

2x2

V (x) = −xg(x) − g2(x) < 0, ∀ x 6= 0

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 11/15

Page 135: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum equation without friction

x1 = x2

x2 = − a sin x1

V (x) = a(1 − cos x1) + 1

2x2

2

V (0) = 0 and V (x) is positive definite over the domain−2π < x1 < 2π

V (x) = ax1 sin x1 + x2x2 = ax2 sin x1 − ax2 sin x1 = 0

The origin is stable

Since V (x) ≡ 0, the origin is not asymptotically stable

– p. 12/15

Page 136: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum equation with friction

x1 = x2

x2 = − a sin x1 − bx2

V (x) = a(1 − cos x1) +1

2x2

2

V (x) = ax1 sin x1 + x2x2 = − bx2

2

The origin is stable

V (x) is not negative definite because V (x) = 0 for x2 = 0irrespective of the value of x1

– p. 13/15

Page 137: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The conditions of Lyapunov’s theorem are only sufficient.Failure of a Lyapunov function candidate to satisfy theconditions for stability or asymptotic stability does not meanthat the equilibrium point is not stable or asymptoticallystable. It only means that such stability property cannot beestablished by using this Lyapunov function candidate

Try

V (x) = 1

2xT Px + a(1 − cos x1)

= 1

2[x1 x2]

[

p11 p12

p12 p22

] [

x1

x2

]

+ a(1 − cos x1)

p11 > 0, p11p22 − p2

12> 0

– p. 14/15

Page 138: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = (p11x1 + p12x2 + a sin x1) x2

+ (p12x1 + p22x2) (−a sin x1 − bx2)

= a(1 − p22)x2 sin x1 − ap12x1 sin x1

+ (p11 − p12b) x1x2 + (p12 − p22b) x2

2

p22 = 1, p11 = bp12 ⇒ 0 < p12 < b, Take p12 = b/2

V (x) = − 1

2abx1 sin x1 − 1

2bx2

2

D = x ∈ R2 | |x1| < π

V (x) is positive definite and V (x) is negative definite over DThe origin is asymptotically stable

Read about the variable gradient method in the textbook

– p. 15/15

Page 139: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 10

The Invariance Principle

– p. 1/16

Page 140: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum equation with friction

x1 = x2

x2 = − a sin x1 − bx2

V (x) = a(1 − cos x1) +1

2x2

2

V (x) = ax1 sin x1 + x2x2 = − bx22

The origin is stable. V (x) is not negative definite becauseV (x) = 0 for x2 = 0 irrespective of the value of x1

However, near the origin, the solution cannot stayidentically in the set x2 = 0

– p. 2/16

Page 141: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definitions: Let x(t) be a solution of x = f(x)

A point p is said to be a positive limit point of x(t) if there isa sequence tn, with limn→∞ tn = ∞, such thatx(tn) → p as n → ∞

The set of all positive limit points of x(t) is called thepositive limit set of x(t); denoted by L+

If x(t) approaches an asymptotically stable equilibriumpoint x, then x is the positive limit point of x(t) and L+ = x

A stable limit cycle is the positive limit set of every solutionstarting sufficiently near the limit cycle

– p. 3/16

Page 142: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A set M is an invariant set with respect to x = f(x) if

x(0) ∈ M ⇒ x(t) ∈ M, ∀ t ∈ R

Examples:

Equilibrium points

Limit Cycles

A set M is a positively invariant set with respect tox = f(x) if

x(0) ∈ M ⇒ x(t) ∈ M, ∀ t ≥ 0

Example: The set Ωc = V (x) ≤ c with V (x) ≤ 0 in Ωc

– p. 4/16

Page 143: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The distance from a point p to a set M is defined by

dist(p, M) = infx∈M

‖p − x‖

x(t) approaches a set M as t approaches infinity, if foreach ε > 0 there is T > 0 such that

dist(x(t), M) < ε, ∀ t > T

Example: every solution x(t) starting sufficiently near astable limit cycle approaches the limit cycle as t → ∞

Notice, however, that x(t) does converge to any specificpoint on the limit cycle

– p. 5/16

Page 144: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: If a solution x(t) of x = f(x) is bounded andbelongs to D for t ≥ 0, then its positive limit set L+ is anonempty, compact, invariant set. Moreover, x(t)

approaches L+ as t → ∞

LaSalle’s theorem: Let f(x) be a locally Lipschitz functiondefined over a domain D ⊂ Rn and Ω ⊂ D be a compactset that is positively invariant with respect to x = f(x). LetV (x) be a continuously differentiable function defined overD such that V (x) ≤ 0 in Ω. Let E be the set of all points inΩ where V (x) = 0, and M be the largest invariant set in E.Then every solution starting in Ω approaches M as t → ∞

– p. 6/16

Page 145: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof:

V (x) ≤ in Ω ⇒ V (x(t)) is a decreasing

V (x) is continuous in Ω ⇒ V (x) ≥ b = minx∈Ω

V (x)

⇒ limt→∞

V (x(t)) = a

x(t) ∈ Ω ⇒ x(t) is bounded ⇒ L+ exists

Moreover, L+ ⊂ Ω and x(t) approaches L+ as t → ∞

For any p ∈ L+, there is tn with limn→∞ tn = ∞ suchthat x(tn) → p as n → ∞

V (x) is continuous ⇒ V (p) = limn→∞

V (x(tn)) = a

– p. 7/16

Page 146: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = a on L+ and L+ invariant ⇒ V (x) = 0, ∀ x ∈ L+

L+ ⊂ M ⊂ E ⊂ Ω

x(t) approaches L+ ⇒ x(t) approaches M (as t → ∞)

– p. 8/16

Page 147: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: Let f(x) be a locally Lipschitz function definedover a domain D ⊂ Rn; 0 ∈ D. Let V (x) be a continuouslydifferentiable positive definite function defined over D suchthat V (x) ≤ 0 in D. Let S = x ∈ D | V (x) = 0

If no solution can stay identically in S, other than thetrivial solution x(t) ≡ 0, then the origin is asymptoticallystable

Moreover, if Γ ⊂ D is compact and positively invariant,then it is a subset of the region of attraction

Furthermore, if D = Rn and V (x) is radiallyunbounded, then the origin is globally asymptoticallystable

– p. 9/16

Page 148: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

x1 = x2

x2 = −h1(x1) − h2(x2)

hi(0) = 0, yhi(y) > 0, for 0 < |y| < a

V (x) =

∫ x1

0

h1(y) dy + 1

2x2

2

D = −a < x1 < a, −a < x2 < a

V (x) = h1(x1)x2+x2[−h1(x1)−h2(x2)] = −x2h2(x2) ≤ 0

V (x) = 0 ⇒ x2h2(x2) = 0 ⇒ x2 = 0

S = x ∈ D | x2 = 0

– p. 10/16

Page 149: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = x2, x2 = −h1(x1) − h2(x2)

x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ h1(x1(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

The only solution that can stay identically in S is x(t) ≡ 0

Thus, the origin is asymptotically stable

Suppose a = ∞ and∫ y0

h1(z) dz → ∞ as |y| → ∞

Then, D = R2 and V (x) =∫ x1

0h1(y) dy + 1

2x2

2 is radiallyunbounded. S = x ∈ R2 | x2 = 0 and the only solutionthat can stay identically in S is x(t) ≡ 0

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 11/16

Page 150: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: m-link Robot Manipulator

r

r

HH

q1

q2

Load

Two-link Robot Manipulator

– p. 12/16

Page 151: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

M(q)q + C(q, q)q + Dq + g(q) = u

q is an m-dimensional vector of joint positions

u is an m-dimensional control (torque) inputs

M = MT > 0 is the inertia matrix

C(q, q)q accounts for centrifugal and Coriolis forces

(M − 2C)T = −(M − 2C)

Dq accounts for viscous damping; D = DT ≥ 0

g(q) accounts for gravity forces; g(q) = [∂P (q)/∂q]T

P (q) is the total potential energy of the links due to gravity

– p. 13/16

Page 152: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Investigate the use of the (PD plus gravity compensation)control law

u = g(q) − Kp(q − q∗) − Kd q

to stabilize the robot at a desired position q∗, where Kp andKd are symmetric positive definite matrices

e = q − q∗, e = q

Me = Mq

= −C q − D q − g(q) + u

= −C q − D q − Kp(q − q∗) − Kd q

= −C e − D e − Kp e − Kd e

– p. 14/16

Page 153: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Me = −C e − D e − Kp e − Kd e

V = 1

2eT M(q)e + 1

2eT Kpe

V = eT Me + 1

2eT Me + eT Kpe

= −eT Ce − eT De − eT Kpe − eT Kde

+ 1

2eT Me + eT Kpe

= 1

2eT (M − 2C)e − eT (Kd + D)e

= −eT (Kd + D)e ≤ 0

– p. 15/16

Page 154: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

(Kd + D) is positive definite

V = −eT (Kd + D)e = 0 ⇒ e = 0

Me = −C e − D e − Kp e − Kd e

e(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ e(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ Kpe(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ e(t) ≡ 0

By LaSalle’s theorem the origin (e = 0, e = 0) is globallyasymptotically stable

– p. 16/16

Page 155: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 11

Exponential Stability&

Region of Attraction

– p. 1/18

Page 156: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Exponential Stability:The origin of x = f(x) is exponentially stable if and only ifthe linearization of f(x) at the origin is Hurwitz

Theorem: Let f(x) be a locally Lipschitz function definedover a domain D ⊂ Rn; 0 ∈ D. Let V (x) be acontinuously differentiable function such that

k1‖x‖a ≤ V (x) ≤ k2‖x‖a

V (x) ≤ −k3‖x‖a

for all x ∈ D, where k1, k2, k3, and a are positiveconstants. Then, the origin is an exponentially stableequilibrium point of x = f(x). If the assumptions holdglobally, the origin will be globally exponentially stable

– p. 2/18

Page 157: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof: Choose c > 0 small enough that

k1‖x‖a ≤ c ⊂ D

V (x) ≤ c ⇒ k1‖x‖a ≤ c

Ωc = V (x) ≤ c ⊂ k1‖x‖a ≤ c ⊂ D

Ωc is compact and positively invariant; ∀ x(0) ∈ Ωc

V ≤ −k3‖x‖a ≤ −k3

k2V

dV

V≤ − k3

k2dt

V (x(t)) ≤ V (x(0))e−(k3/k2)t

– p. 3/18

Page 158: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖x(t)‖ ≤[

V (x(t))

k1

]1/a

≤[

V (x(0))e−(k3/k2)t

k1

]1/a

≤[

k2‖x(0)‖ae−(k3/k2)t

k1

]1/a

=

(

k2

k1

)1/a

e−γt ‖x(0)‖, γ = k3/(k2a)

– p. 4/18

Page 159: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −h(x1) − x2

c1y2 ≤ yh(y) ≤ c2y

2, ∀ y, c1 > 0, c2 > 0

V (x) = 12 xT

[

1 1

1 2

]

x + 2

∫ x1

0h(y) dy

c1x21 ≤ 2

∫ x1

0h(y) dy ≤ c2x

21

V = [x1 + x2 + 2h(x1)]x2 + [x1 + 2x2][−h(x1) − x2]

= −x1h(x1) − x22 ≤ −c1x

21 − x2

2

The origin is globally exponentially stable– p. 5/18

Page 160: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Region of Attraction

Lemma: If x = 0 is an asymptotically stable equilibriumpoint for x = f(x), then its region of attraction RA is anopen, connected, invariant set. Moreover, the boundary ofRA is formed by trajectories

– p. 6/18

Page 161: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x2

x2 = x1 + (x21 − 1)x2

−4 −2 0 2 4−4

−2

0

2

4

x1

x2

– p. 7/18

Page 162: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −x1 + 13x3

1 − x2

−4 −2 0 2 4−4

−2

0

2

4

x1

x2

– p. 8/18

Page 163: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Estimates of the Region of Attraction: Find a subset of theregion of attraction

Warning: Let D be a domain with 0 ∈ D such that for allx ∈ D, V (x) is positive definite and V (x) is negativedefinite

Is D a subset of the region of attraction?

NO

Why?

– p. 9/18

Page 164: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Reconsider

x1 = x2

x2 = −x1 + 13x3

1 − x2

V (x) = 12xT

[

1 1

1 2

]

x + 2∫ x1

0 (y − 13y3) dy

= 32x2

1 − 16x4

1 + x1x2 + x22

V (x) = −x21(1 − 1

3x21) − x2

2

D = −√

3 < x1 <√

3Is D a subset of the region of attraction?

– p. 10/18

Page 165: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The simplest estimate is the bounded component ofV (x) < c, where c = minx∈∂D V (x)

For V (x) = xT Px, where P = P T > 0, the minimum ofV (x) over ∂D is given by

For D = ‖x‖ < r, min‖x‖=r

xT Px = λmin(P )r2

For D = |bT x| < r, min|bT x|=r

xT Px =r2

bT P −1b

For D = |bTi x| < ri, i = 1, . . . , p,

Take c = min1≤i≤p

r2i

bTi P −1bi

≤ minx∈∂D

xT Px

– p. 11/18

Page 166: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example (Revisited)

x1 = −x2

x2 = x1 + (x21 − 1)x2

V (x) = 1.5x21 − x1x2 + x2

2

V (x) = −(x21 + x2

2) − (x31x2 − 2x2

1x22)

V (x) < 0 for 0 < ‖x‖2 <2

√5

def= r2

Take c = λmin(P )r2 = 0.691 × 2√

5= 0.618

V (x) < c is an estimate of the region of attraction

– p. 12/18

Page 167: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = ρ cos θ, x2 = ρ sin θ

V = −ρ2 + ρ4 cos2 θ sin θ(2 sin θ − cos θ)

≤ −ρ2 + ρ4| cos2 θ sin θ| · |2 sin θ − cos θ|≤ −ρ2 + ρ4 × 0.3849 × 2.2361

≤ −ρ2 + 0.861ρ4 < 0, for ρ2 < 10.861

Take c = λmin(P )r2 =0.691

0.861= 0.803

Alternatively, choose c as the largest constant such thatxT Px < c is a subset of V (x) < 0

– p. 13/18

Page 168: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

−2 −1 0 1 2−2

−1

0

1

2

x1

x2

(a)−2 0 2

−3

−2

−1

0

1

2

3

x1

x2

(b)

(a) Contours of V (x) = 0 (dashed)V (x) = 0.8 (dash-dot), V (x) = 2.25 (solid)(b) comparison of the region of attraction with its estimate

– p. 14/18

Page 169: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

If D is a domain where V (x) is positive definite and V (x)

is negative definite (or V (x) is negative semidefinite and nosolution can stay identically in the set V (x) = 0 other thanx = 0), then according to LaSalle’s theorem any compactpositively invariant subset of D is a subset of the region ofattraction

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −4(x1 + x2) − h(x1 + x2)

h(0) = 0; uh(u) ≥ 0, ∀ |u| ≤ 1

– p. 15/18

Page 170: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = xT Px = xT

[

2 1

1 1

]

x = 2x21 + 2x1x2 + x2

2

V (x) = (4x1 + 2x2)x1 + 2(x1 + x2)x2

= −2x21 − 6(x1 + x2)

2 − 2(x1 + x2)h(x1 + x2)

≤ −2x21 − 6(x1 + x2)

2, ∀ |x1 + x2| ≤ 1

= −xT

[

8 6

6 6

]

x

V (x) is negative definite in |x1 + x2| ≤ 1

bT = [1 1], c = min|x1+x2|=1

xT Px =1

bT P −1b= 1

– p. 16/18

Page 171: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

σ = x1 + x2

d

dtσ2 = 2σx2 − 8σ2 − 2σh(σ) ≤ 2σx2 − 8σ2, ∀ |σ| ≤ 1

On σ = 1,d

dtσ2 ≤ 2x2 − 8 ≤ 0, ∀ x2 ≤ 4

On σ = −1,d

dtσ2 ≤ −2x2 − 8 ≤ 0, ∀ x2 ≥ −4

c1 = V (x)|x1=−3,x2=4 = 10, c2 = V (x)|x1=3,x2=−4 = 10

Γ = V (x) ≤ 10 and |x1 + x2| ≤ 1is a subset of the region of attraction

– p. 17/18

Page 172: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

−5 0 5−5

0

5(−3,4)

(3,−4)

x2

x1

V(x) = 10

V(x) = 1

– p. 18/18

Page 173: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 12

Converse Lyapunov Functions&

Time Varying Systems

– p. 1/18

Page 174: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Converse Lyapunov Theorem–Exponential Stability

Let x = 0 be an exponentially stable equilibrium point forthe system x = f(x), where f is continuously differentiableon D = ‖x‖ < r. Let k, λ, and r0 be positive constantswith r0 < r/k such that

‖x(t)‖ ≤ k‖x(0)‖e−λt, ∀ x(0) ∈ D0, ∀ t ≥ 0

where D0 = ‖x‖ < r0. Then, there is a continuouslydifferentiable function V (x) that satisfies the inequalities

– p. 2/18

Page 175: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

c1‖x‖2 ≤ V (x) ≤ c2‖x‖2

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −c3‖x‖2

∂V

∂x

≤ c4‖x‖

for all x ∈ D0, with positive constants c1, c2, c3, and c4Moreover, if f is continuously differentiable for all x, globallyLipschitz, and the origin is globally exponentially stable,then V (x) is defined and satisfies the aforementionedinequalities for all x ∈ Rn

– p. 3/18

Page 176: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Idea of the proof: Let ψ(t;x) be the solution of

y = f(y), y(0) = x

Take

V (x) =

∫ δ

0ψT (t;x) ψ(t;x) dt, δ > 0

– p. 4/18

Page 177: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Consider the system x = f(x) where f iscontinuously differentiable in the neighborhood of the originand f(0) = 0. Show that the origin is exponentially stableonly if A = [∂f/∂x](0) is Hurwitz

f(x) = Ax+G(x)x, G(x) → 0 as x → 0

Given any L > 0, there is r1 > 0 such that

‖G(x)‖ ≤ L, ∀ ‖x‖ < r1

Because the origin of x = f(x) is exponentially stable, letV (x) be the function provided by the converse Lyapunovtheorem over the domain ‖x‖ < r0. Use V (x) as aLyapunov function candidate for x = Ax

– p. 5/18

Page 178: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∂V

∂xAx =

∂V

∂xf(x) −

∂V

∂xG(x)x

≤ −c3‖x‖2 + c4L‖x‖2

= −(c3 − c4L)‖x‖2

Take L < c3/c4, γdef= (c3 − c4L) > 0 ⇒

∂V

∂xAx ≤ −γ‖x‖2, ∀ ‖x‖ < minr0, r1

The origin of x = Ax is exponentially stable

– p. 6/18

Page 179: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Converse Lyapunov Theorem–Asymptotic Stability

Let x = 0 be an asymptotically stable equilibrium point forx = f(x), where f is locally Lipschitz on a domainD ⊂ Rn that contains the origin. LetRA ⊂ D be the regionof attraction of x = 0. Then, there is a smooth, positivedefinite function V (x) and a continuous, positive definitefunction W (x), both defined for all x ∈ RA, such that

V (x) → ∞ as x → ∂RA

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −W (x), ∀ x ∈ RA

and for any c > 0, V (x) ≤ c is a compact subset of RAWhen RA = Rn, V (x) is radially unbounded

– p. 7/18

Page 180: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Time-varying Systems

x = f(t, x)

f(t, x) is piecewise continuous in t and locally Lipschitz inx for all t ≥ 0 and all x ∈ D. The origin is an equilibriumpoint at t = 0 if

f(t, 0) = 0, ∀ t ≥ 0

While the solution of the autonomous system

x = f(x), x(t0) = x0

depends only on (t− t0), the solution of

x = f(t, x), x(t0) = x0

may depend on both t and t0– p. 8/18

Page 181: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Comparison Functions

A scalar continuous function α(r), defined for r ∈ [0, a)is said to belong to class K if it is strictly increasing andα(0) = 0. It is said to belong to class K∞ if it definedfor all r ≥ 0 and α(r) → ∞ as r → ∞

A scalar continuous function β(r, s), defined forr ∈ [0, a) and s ∈ [0,∞) is said to belong to class KLif, for each fixed s, the mapping β(r, s) belongs to classK with respect to r and, for each fixed r, the mappingβ(r, s) is decreasing with respect to s and β(r, s) → 0as s → ∞

– p. 9/18

Page 182: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

α(r) = tan−1(r) is strictly increasing sinceα′(r) = 1/(1 + r2) > 0. It belongs to class K, but notto class K∞ since limr→∞ α(r) = π/2 < ∞

α(r) = rc, for any positive real number c, is strictlyincreasing since α′(r) = crc−1 > 0. Moreover,limr→∞ α(r) = ∞; thus, it belongs to class K∞

α(r) = minr, r2 is continuous, strictly increasing,and limr→∞ α(r) = ∞. Hence, it belongs to class K∞

– p. 10/18

Page 183: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

β(r, s) = r/(ksr + 1), for any positive real number k,is strictly increasing in r since

∂β

∂r=

1

(ksr + 1)2> 0

and strictly decreasing in s since

∂β

∂s=

−kr2

(ksr + 1)2< 0

Moreover, β(r, s) → 0 as s → ∞. Therefore, it belongsto class KL

β(r, s) = rce−s, for any positive real number c, belongsto class KL

– p. 11/18

Page 184: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The equilibrium point x = 0 of x = f(t, x) is

uniformly stable if there exist a class K function α and apositive constant c, independent of t0, such that

‖x(t)‖ ≤ α(‖x(t0)‖), ∀ t ≥ t0 ≥ 0, ∀ ‖x(t0)‖ < c

uniformly asymptotically stable if there exist a class KLfunction β and a positive constant c, independent of t0,such that

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t−t0), ∀ t ≥ t0 ≥ 0, ∀ ‖x(t0)‖ < c

globally uniformly asymptotically stable if the foregoinginequality is satisfied for any initial state x(t0)

– p. 12/18

Page 185: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

exponentially stable if there exist positive constants c,k, and λ such that

‖x(t)‖ ≤ k‖x(t0)‖e−λ(t−t0), ∀ ‖x(t0)‖ < c

globally exponentially stable if the foregoing inequalityis satisfied for any initial state x(t0)

– p. 13/18

Page 186: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: Let the origin x = 0 be an equilibrium point forx = f(t, x) and D ⊂ Rn be a domain containing x = 0.Suppose f(t, x) is piecewise continuous in t and locallyLipschitz in x for all t ≥ 0 and x ∈ D. Let V (t, x) be acontinuously differentiable function such that

W1(x) ≤ V (t, x) ≤ W2(x)(1)

∂V

∂t+∂V

∂xf(t, x) ≤ 0(2)

for all t ≥ 0 and x ∈ D, where W1(x) and W2(x) arecontinuous positive definite functions on D. Then, the originis uniformly stable

– p. 14/18

Page 187: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: Suppose the assumptions of the previoustheorem are satisfied with

∂V

∂t+∂V

∂xf(t, x) ≤ −W3(x)

for all t ≥ 0 and x ∈ D, where W3(x) is a continuouspositive definite function on D. Then, the origin is uniformlyasymptotically stable. Moreover, if r and c are chosen suchthat Br = ‖x‖ ≤ r ⊂ D and c < min‖x‖=rW1(x), thenevery trajectory starting in x ∈ Br | W2(x) ≤ c satisfies

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t− t0), ∀ t ≥ t0 ≥ 0

for some class KL function β. Finally, if D = Rn andW1(x) is radially unbounded, then the origin is globallyuniformly asymptotically stable

– p. 15/18

Page 188: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: Suppose the assumptions of the previoustheorem are satisfied with

k1‖x‖a ≤ V (t, x) ≤ k2‖x‖a

∂V

∂t+∂V

∂xf(t, x) ≤ −k3‖x‖a

for all t ≥ 0 and x ∈ D, where k1, k2, k3, and a arepositive constants. Then, the origin is exponentially stable.If the assumptions hold globally, the origin will be globallyexponentially stable.

– p. 16/18

Page 189: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

x = −[1 + g(t)]x3, g(t) ≥ 0, ∀ t ≥ 0

V (x) = 12x

2

V (t, x) = −[1 + g(t)]x4 ≤ −x4, ∀ x ∈ R, ∀ t ≥ 0

The origin is globally uniformly asymptotically stable

Example:

x1 = −x1 − g(t)x2

x2 = x1 − x2

0 ≤ g(t) ≤ k and g(t) ≤ g(t), ∀ t ≥ 0

– p. 17/18

Page 190: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (t, x) = x21 + [1 + g(t)]x2

2

x21 + x2

2 ≤ V (t, x) ≤ x21 + (1 + k)x2

2, ∀ x ∈ R2

V (t, x) = −2x21 + 2x1x2 − [2 + 2g(t) − g(t)]x2

2

2 + 2g(t) − g(t) ≥ 2 + 2g(t) − g(t) ≥ 2

V (t, x) ≤ −2x21 + 2x1x2 − 2x2

2 = − xT

[

2 −1

−1 2

]

x

The origin is globally exponentially stable

– p. 18/18

Page 191: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 13

Perturbed Systems

– p. 1/??

Page 192: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nominal System:

x = f(x), f(0) = 0

Perturbed System:

x = f(x) + g(t, x), g(t, 0) = 0

Case 1: The origin of the nominal system is exponentiallystable

c1‖x‖2 ≤ V (x) ≤ c2‖x‖2

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −c3‖x‖2

∂V

∂x

≤ c4‖x‖

– p. 2/??

Page 193: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Use V (x) as a Lyapunov function candidate for theperturbed system

V (t, x) =∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xg(t, x)

Assume that

‖g(t, x)‖ ≤ γ‖x‖, γ ≥ 0

V (t, x) ≤ −c3‖x‖2 +

∂V

∂x

‖g(t, x)‖

≤ −c3‖x‖2 + c4γ‖x‖2

– p. 3/??

Page 194: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

γ <c3

c4

V (t, x) ≤ −(c3 − γc4)‖x‖2

The origin is an exponentially stable equilibrium point of theperturbed system

– p. 4/??

Page 195: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −4x1 − 2x2 + βx3

2, β ≥ 0

x = Ax + g(x)

A =

[

0 1

−4 −2

]

, g(x) =

[

0

βx3

2

]

The eigenvalues of A are −1 ± j√

3

PA + AT P = −I ⇒ P =

3

2

1

8

1

8

5

16

– p. 5/??

Page 196: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = xT Px,∂V

∂xAx = −xT x

c3 = 1, c4 = 2 ‖P‖ = 2λmax(P ) = 2 × 1.513 = 3.026

‖g(x)‖ = β|x2|3

g(x) satisfies the bound ‖g(x)‖ ≤ γ‖x‖ over compact setsof x. Consider the compact set

Ωc = V (x) ≤ c = xT Px ≤ c, c > 0

k2 = maxxT P x≤c

|x2| = maxxT P x≤c

|[0 1]x|

– p. 6/??

Page 197: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Fact:max

xT P x≤c‖Lx‖ =

√c ‖LP −1/2‖

Proof

xT Px ≤ c ⇔ 1

cxT Px ≤ 1 ⇔ 1

cxT P 1/2 P 1/2x ≤ 1

y =1

√c

P 1/2x

maxxT P x≤c

‖Lx‖ = maxyT y≤1

‖L√

c P −1/2y‖ =√

c ‖LP −1/2‖

– p. 7/??

Page 198: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

k2 = maxxT P x≤c

|[0 1]x| =√

c ‖[0 1]P −1/2‖ = 1.8194√

c

‖g(x)‖ ≤ β c (1.8194)2‖x‖, ∀ x ∈ Ωc

‖g(x)‖ ≤ γ‖x‖, ∀ x ∈ Ωc, γ = β c (1.8194)2

γ <c3

c4

⇔ β <1

3.026 × (1.8194)2c≈ 0.1

c

β < 0.1/c ⇒ V (x) ≤ −(1 − 10βc)‖x‖2

Hence, the origin is exponentially stable and Ωc is anestimate of the region of attraction

– p. 8/??

Page 199: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Alternative Bound on β

V (x) = −‖x‖2 + 2xT Pg(x)

≤ −‖x‖2 + 1

8βx3

2([2 5]x)

≤ −‖x‖2 +√

29

8βx2

2‖x‖2

Over Ωc, x2

2≤ (1.8194)2c

V (x) ≤ −(

1 −√

29

8β(1.8194)2c

)

‖x‖2

= −(

1 − βc

0.448

)

‖x‖2

If β < 0.448/c, the origin will be exponentially stable andΩc will be an estimate of the region of attraction

– p. 9/??

Page 200: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Remark: The inequality β < 0.448/c shows a tradeoffbetween the estimate of the region of attraction and theestimate of the upper bound on β

– p. 10/??

Page 201: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 2: The origin of the nominal system is asymptoticallystable

V (t, x) =∂V

∂xf(x)+

∂V

∂xg(t, x) ≤ −W3(x)+

∂V

∂xg(t, x)

Under what condition will the following inequality hold?∥

∂V

∂xg(t, x)

< W3(x)

Special Case: Quadratic-Type Lyapunov function

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −c3φ

2(x),

∂V

∂x

≤ c4φ(x)

– p. 11/??

Page 202: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (t, x) ≤ −c3φ2(x) + c4φ(x)‖g(t, x)‖

If ‖g(t, x)‖ ≤ γφ(x), with γ <c3

c4

V (t, x) ≤ −(c3 − c4γ)φ2(x)

– p. 12/??

Page 203: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = −x3 + g(t, x)

V (x) = x4 is a quadratic-type Lyapunov function for thenominal system x = −x3

∂V

∂x(−x3) = −4x6,

∂V

∂x

= 4|x|3

φ(x) = |x|3, c3 = 4, c4 = 4

Suppose |g(t, x)| ≤ γ|x|3, ∀ x, with γ < 1

V (t, x) ≤ −4(1 − γ)φ2(x)

Hence, the origin is a globally uniformly asymptoticallystable

– p. 13/??

Page 204: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Remark: A nominal system with asymptotically, but notexponentially, stable origin is not robust to smoothperturbations with arbitrarily small linear growth bounds

Examplex = −x3 + γx

The origin is unstable for any γ > 0

– p. 14/??

Page 205: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 14

PassivityMemoryless Functions

&State Models

– p. 1/17

Page 206: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Memoryless Functions

1

PPPPPPPPPP+u -y

(a)

y

u

(b)

power inflow = uy

Resistor is passive if uy ≥ 0

– p. 2/17

Page 207: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u

y

(a)

u

y

(b)

u

y

(c)

Passive Passive Not passive

y = h(t, u), h ∈ [0,∞]

Vector case:

y = h(t, u), hT =[

h1, h2, · · · , hp

]

power inflow = Σpi=1uiyi = uTy

– p. 3/17

Page 208: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: y = h(t, u) is

passive if uTy ≥ 0

lossless if uTy = 0

input strictly passive if uTy ≥ uTϕ(u) for somefunction ϕ where uTϕ(u) > 0, ∀ u 6= 0

output strictly passive if uTy ≥ yTρ(y) for somefunction ρ where yTρ(y) > 0, ∀ y 6= 0

– p. 4/17

Page 209: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Sector Nonlinearity: h belongs to the sector [α, β](h ∈ [α, β]) if

αu2 ≤ uh(t, u) ≤ βu2

y=αu

y= uβ

u

(a)

y

α > 0

y=αu

y=β

u

y

(b)

u

α < 0

Also, h ∈ (α, β], h ∈ [α, β), h ∈ (α, β)

– p. 5/17

Page 210: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

αu2 ≤ uh(t, u) ≤ βu2 ⇔ [h(t, u)−αu][h(t, u)−βu] ≤ 0

Definition: A memoryless function h(t, u) is said to belongto the sector

[0,∞] if uTh(t, u) ≥ 0

[K1,∞] if uT [h(t, u) −K1u] ≥ 0

[0,K2] with K2 = KT2> 0 if

hT (t, u)[h(t, u) −K2u] ≤ 0

[K1,K2] with K = K2 −K1 = KT > 0 if

[h(t, u) −K1u]T [h(t, u) −K2u] ≤ 0

– p. 6/17

Page 211: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

h(u) =

[

h1(u1)

h2(u2)

]

, hi ∈ [αi, βi], βi > αi i = 1, 2

K1 =

[

α1 0

0 α2

]

, K2 =

[

β1 0

0 β2

]

h ∈ [K1,K2]

K = K2 −K1 =

[

β1 − α1 0

0 β2 − α2

]

– p. 7/17

Page 212: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example‖h(u) − Lu‖ ≤ γ‖u‖

K1 = L− γI, K2 = L+ γI

[h(u) −K1u]T [h(u) −K2u] =

‖h(u) − Lu‖2 − γ2‖u‖2 ≤ 0

K = K2 −K1 = 2γI

– p. 8/17

Page 213: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A function in the sector [K1,K2] can be transformed into afunction in the sector [0,∞] by input feedforward followedby output feedback

-

- K−1 - y = h(t, u) -

-

- K1

66

+

+

+

[K1,K2]Feedforward

−→[0,K]

K−1

−→[0, I]

Feedback−→

[0,∞]

– p. 9/17

Page 214: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

State Models

1

u+ +-iL vC

-y v1+ ?i1 v3+ ?i3

v2+ -i2PPPPPPPPPP i1 = h1(v1)

BBB BBB BBB v2 = h2(i2)LC PPPPPPPPPP i3 = h3(v3)

Lx1 = u− h2(x1) − x2

Cx2 = x1 − h3(x2)

y = x1 + h1(u)

– p. 10/17

Page 215: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (x) = 1

2Lx2

1+ 1

2Cx2

2

∫ t

0

u(s)y(s) ds ≥ V (x(t)) − V (x(0))

u(t)y(t) ≥ V (x(t), u(t))

V = Lx1x1 + Cx2x2

= x1[u− h2(x1) − x2] + x2[x1 − h3(x2)]

= x1[u− h2(x1)] − x2h3(x2)

= [x1 + h1(u)]u− uh1(u) − x1h2(x1) − x2h3(x2)

= uy − uh1(u) − x1h2(x1) − x2h3(x2)

– p. 11/17

Page 216: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

uy = V + uh1(u) + x1h2(x1) + x2h3(x2)

If h1, h2, and h3 are passive, uy ≥ V and the system ispassive

Case 1: If h1 = h2 = h3 = 0, then uy = V ; no energydissipation; the system is lossless

Case 2: If h1 ∈ (0,∞] (uh1(u) > 0 for u 6= 0), then

uy ≥ V + uh1(u)

The energy absorbed over [0, t] will be greater than theincrease in the stored energy, unless the input u(t) isidentically zero. This is a case of input strict passivity

– p. 12/17

Page 217: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 3: If h1 = 0 and h2 ∈ (0,∞], then

y = x1 and uy ≥ V + yh2(y)

The energy absorbed over [0, t] will be greater than theincrease in the stored energy, unless the output y isidentically zero. This is a case of output strict passivity

Case 4: If h2 ∈ (0,∞) and h3 ∈ (0,∞), then

uy ≥ V + x1h2(x1) + x2h3(x2)

x1h2(x1) + x2h3(x2) is a positive definite function of x.This is a case of state strict passivity because the energyabsorbed over [0, t] will be greater than the increase in thestored energy, unless the state x is identically zero

– p. 13/17

Page 218: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is passive if there is a continuously differentiable positivesemidefinite function V (x) (the storage function) such that

uTy ≥ V =∂V

∂xf(x, u), ∀ (x, u)

Moreover, it is said to be

lossless if uTy = V

input strictly passive if uTy ≥ V + uTϕ(u) for somefunction ϕ such that uTϕ(u) > 0, ∀ u 6= 0

– p. 14/17

Page 219: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

output strictly passive if uTy ≥ V + yTρ(y) for somefunction ρ such that yTρ(y) > 0, ∀ y 6= 0

strictly passive if uT y ≥ V + ψ(x) for some positivedefinite function ψ

Examplex = u, y = x

V (x) = 1

2x2 ⇒ uy = V ⇒ Lossless

– p. 15/17

Page 220: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x = u, y = x+ h(u), h ∈ [0,∞]

V (x) = 1

2x2 ⇒ uy = V + uh(u) ⇒ Passive

h ∈ (0,∞] ⇒ uh(u) > 0 ∀ u 6= 0

⇒ Input strictly passive

Example

x = −h(x) + u, y = x, h ∈ [0,∞]

V (x) = 1

2x2 ⇒ uy = V + yh(y) ⇒ Passive

h ∈ (0,∞] ⇒ Output strictly passive

– p. 16/17

Page 221: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x = u, y = h(x), h ∈ [0,∞]

V (x) =

∫ x

0

h(σ) dσ ⇒ V = h(x)x = yu ⇒ Lossless

Example

ax = −x+ u, y = h(x), h ∈ [0,∞]

V (x) = a

∫ x

0

h(σ) dσ ⇒ V = h(x)(−x+u) = yu−xh(x)

yu = V + xh(x) ⇒ Passive

h ∈ (0,∞] ⇒ Strictly passive

– p. 17/17

Page 222: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 15

Positive Real Transfer Functions&

Connection with Lyapunov Stability

– p. 1/??

Page 223: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A p× p proper rational transfer function matrixG(s) is positive real if

poles of all elements of G(s) are in Re[s] ≤ 0

for all real ω for which jω is not a pole of any element ofG(s), the matrix G(jω) +GT (−jω) is positivesemidefinite

any pure imaginary pole jω of any element of G(s) is asimple pole and the residue matrixlims→jω(s− jω)G(s) is positive semidefinite Hermitian

G(s) is called strictly positive real if G(s− ε) is positive realfor some ε > 0

– p. 2/??

Page 224: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Scalar Case (p = 1):

G(jω) +GT (−jω) = 2Re[G(jω)]

Re[G(jω)] is an even function of ω. The second conditionof the definition reduces to

Re[G(jω)] ≥ 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

which holds when the Nyquist plot of of G(jω) lies in theclosed right-half complex plane

This is true only if the relative degree of the transfer functionis zero or one

– p. 3/??

Page 225: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: A p× p proper rational transfer function matrixG(s) is strictly positive real if and only if

G(s) is Hurwitz

G(jω) +GT (−jω) > 0, ∀ ω ∈ R

G(∞) +GT (∞) > 0 or

limω→∞

ω2(p−q) det[G(jω) +GT (−jω)] > 0

where q = rank[G(∞) +GT (∞)]

– p. 4/??

Page 226: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Scalar Case (p = 1): G(s) is strictly positive real if and onlyif

G(s) is Hurwitz

Re[G(jω)] > 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

G(∞) > 0 or

limω→∞

ω2Re[G(jω)] > 0

– p. 5/??

Page 227: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

G(s) =1

s

has a simple pole at s = 0 whose residue is 1

Re[G(jω)] = Re

[

1

]

= 0, ∀ ω 6= 0

Hence, G is positive real. It is not strictly positive real since

1

(s− ε)

has a pole in Re[s] > 0 for any ε > 0

– p. 6/??

Page 228: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

G(s) =1

s+ a, a > 0, is Hurwitz

Re[G(jω)] =a

ω2 + a2> 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

limω→∞

ω2Re[G(jω)] = limω→∞

ω2a

ω2 + a2= a > 0 ⇒ G is SPR

Example:

G(s) =1

s2 + s+ 1, Re[G(jω)] =

1 − ω2

(1 − ω2)2 + ω2

G is not PR

– p. 7/??

Page 229: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

G(s) =

s+2s+1

1s+2

−1s+2

2s+1

is Hurwitz

G(jω) +GT (−jω) =

2(2+ω2)1+ω2

−2jω4+ω2

2jω4+ω2

41+ω2

> 0, ∀ ω ∈ R

G(∞) +GT (∞) =

[

2 0

0 0

]

, q = 1

limω→∞

ω2 det[G(jω) +GT (−jω)] = 4 ⇒ G is SPR

– p. 8/??

Page 230: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Positive Real Lemma: Let

G(s) = C(sI −A)−1B +D

where (A,B) is controllable and (A,C) is observable.G(s) is positive real if and only if there exist matricesP = P T > 0, L, and W such that

PA+ATP = −LTL

PB = CT − LTW

W TW = D +DT

– p. 9/??

Page 231: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Kalman–Yakubovich–Popov Lemma: Let

G(s) = C(sI −A)−1B +D

where (A,B) is controllable and (A,C) is observable.G(s) is strictly positive real if and only if there exist matricesP = P T > 0, L, and W , and a positive constant ε suchthat

PA+ATP = −LTL− εP

PB = CT − LTW

W TW = D +DT

– p. 10/??

Page 232: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: The linear time-invariant minimal realization

x = Ax+Bu

y = Cx+Du

withG(s) = C(sI −A)−1B +D

is

passive if G(s) is positive real

strictly passive if G(s) is strictly positive real

Proof: Apply the PR and KYP Lemmas, respectively, anduse V (x) = 1

2xTPx as the storage function

– p. 11/??

Page 233: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

uTy −∂V

∂x(Ax+Bu)

= uT (Cx+Du) − xTP (Ax+Bu)

= uTCx+ 12uT (D +DT )u

− 12x

T (PA+ATP )x− xTPBu

= uT (BTP +W TL)x+ 12uTW TWu

+ 12x

TLTLx+ 12εx

TPx− xTPBu

= 12(Lx+Wu)T (Lx+Wu) + 1

2εxTPx ≥ 1

2εxTPx

In the case of the PR Lemma, ε = 0, and we conclude thatthe system is passive; in the case of the KYP Lemma,ε > 0, and we conclude that the system is strictly passive

– p. 12/??

Page 234: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Connection with Lyapunov Stability

Lemma: If the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is passive with a positive definite storage function V (x),then the origin of x = f(x, 0) is stable

Proof:

uTy ≥∂V

∂xf(x, u) ⇒

∂V

∂xf(x, 0) ≤ 0

– p. 13/??

Page 235: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: If the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is strictly passive, then the origin of x = f(x, 0) isasymptotically stable. Furthermore, if the storage functionis radially unbounded, the origin will be globallyasymptotically stable

Proof: The storage function V (x) is positive definite

uTy ≥∂V

∂xf(x, u) + ψ(x) ⇒

∂V

∂xf(x, 0) ≤ −ψ(x)

Why is V (x) positive definite? Let φ(t;x) be the solutionof z = f(z, 0), z(0) = x

– p. 14/??

Page 236: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V ≤ −ψ(x)

V (φ(τ, x)) − V (x) ≤ −

∫ τ

0ψ(φ(t;x)) dt, ∀ τ ∈ [0, δ]

V (φ(τ, x)) ≥ 0 ⇒ V (x) ≥

∫ τ

0ψ(φ(t;x)) dt

V (x) = 0 ⇒

∫ τ

0ψ(φ(t; x)) dt = 0, ∀ τ ∈ [0, δ]

⇒ ψ(φ(t; x)) ≡ 0 ⇒ φ(t; x) ≡ 0 ⇒ x = 0

– p. 15/??

Page 237: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is zero-state observable if no solution of x = f(x, 0) canstay identically in S = h(x, 0) = 0, other than the zerosolution x(t) ≡ 0

Linear Systems

x = Ax, y = Cx

Observability of (A,C) is equivalent to

y(t) = CeAtx(0) ≡ 0 ⇔ x(0) = 0 ⇔ x(t) ≡ 0

– p. 16/??

Page 238: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: If the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is output strictly passive and zero-state observable, thenthe origin of x = f(x, 0) is asymptotically stable.Furthermore, if the storage function is radially unbounded,the origin will be globally asymptotically stable

Proof: The storage function V (x) is positive definite

uTy ≥∂V

∂xf(x, u) + yTρ(y) ⇒

∂V

∂xf(x, 0) ≤ −yTρ(y)

V (x(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ≡ 0

Apply the invariance principle

– p. 17/??

Page 239: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −ax31 − kx2 + u, y = x2, a, k > 0

V (x) = 14ax

41 + 1

2x22

V = ax31x2 + x2(−ax

31 − kx2 + u) = −ky2 + yu

The system is output strictly passive

y(t) ≡ 0 ⇔ x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ ax31(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

The system is zero-state observable. V is radiallyunbounded. Hence, the origin of the unforced system isglobally asymptotically stable

– p. 18/??

Page 240: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 16

Feedback Systems: PassivityTheorems

– p. 1/21

Page 241: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

-

- -

6

?

u1

u2

e1

e2

y1

y2

H1

H2

−+

++

xi = fi(xi, ei), yi = hi(xi, ei)

yi = hi(t, ei)

– p. 2/21

Page 242: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Passivity Theorems

Theorem 6.1: The feedback connection of two passivesystems is passive

Theorem 6.3: Consider the feedback connection of twodynamical systems. When u = 0, the origin of theclosed-loop system is asymptotically stable if eachfeedback component is either

strictly passive, or

output strictly passive and zero-state observable

Furthermore, if the storage function for each component isradially unbounded, the origin is globally asymptoticallystable

– p. 3/21

Page 243: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 6.4: Consider the feedback connection of astrictly passive dynamical system with a passivememoryless function. When u = 0, the origin of theclosed-loop system is uniformly asymptotically stable. if thestorage function for the dynamical system is radiallyunbounded, the origin will be globally uniformlyasymptotically stable

Prove using V = V1 +V2 as a Lyapunov function candidate

Proof of Theorem 6.3: H1 is SP; H2 is OSP & ZSO

eT1y1 ≥ V1 + ψ1(x1), ψ1(x1) > 0, ∀ x1 6= 0

eT2y2 ≥ V2 + yT

2ρ2(y2), yT

2ρ(y2) > 0, ∀y2 6= 0

– p. 4/21

Page 244: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

eT1y1+eT

2y2 = (u1−y2)

T y1+(u2+y1)T y2 = uT

1y1+uT

2y2

V (x) = V1(x1) + V2(x2)

V ≤ uT y − ψ1(x1) − yT2ρ2(y2)

u = 0 ⇒ V ≤ −ψ1(x1) − yT2ρ2(y2)

V = 0 ⇒ x1 = 0 and y2 = 0

y2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ e1(t) ≡ 0 ( & x1(t) ≡ 0) ⇒ y1(t) ≡ 0

y1(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ e2(t) ≡ 0

By zero-state observability of H2: y2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x2(t) ≡ 0

Apply the invariance principle

– p. 5/21

Page 245: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −ax3

1− kx2 + e1

y1 = x2 + e1︸ ︷︷ ︸

H1

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

x3 = x4

x4 = −bx3 − x3

4+ e2

y2 = x4︸ ︷︷ ︸

H2

a, b, k > 0

V1 = 1

4ax4

1+ 1

2x2

2

V1 = ax3

1x2 − ax3

1x2 − kx2

2+ x2e1 = −ky2

1+ y1e1

With e1 = 0, y1(t) ≡ 0 ⇔ x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

H1 is output strictly passive and zero-state observable

– p. 6/21

Page 246: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V2 = 1

2bx2

3+ 1

2x2

4

V2 = bx3x4 − bx3x4 − x4

4+ x4e2 = −y4

2+ y2e2

With e2 = 0, y2(t) ≡ 0 ⇔ x4(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x3(t) ≡ 0

H2 is output strictly passive and zero-state observable

V1 and V2 are radially unbounded

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 7/21

Page 247: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Loop Transformations

Recall that a memoryless function in the sector [K1,K2]can be transformed into a function in the sector [0,∞] byinput feedforward followed by output feedback

-

- K−1 - y = h(t, u) -

-

- K1

66

+

+

+

– p. 8/21

Page 248: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- h -H1-

H2

6

+

H1 is a dynamical system

H2 is a memoryless function in the sector [K1,K2]

– p. 9/21

Page 249: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- h - h -H1-

K1

6

H2h

6

K1

6

+

+

+

– p. 10/21

Page 250: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- h - h -H1- K -

K1

6

K−1H2h

6

K1

6

+

+

+

– p. 11/21

Page 251: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- h - h -H1- K - h -

K1

6

?

hK−1H2h

6

K1

6 6

H1

H2

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

– p. 12/21

Page 252: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex1 = x2

x2 = −h(x1) + bx2 + e1

y1 = x2︸ ︷︷ ︸

H1

∣∣∣∣∣∣

y2 = σ(e2)︸ ︷︷ ︸

H2

σ ∈ [α, β], h ∈ [α1,∞], b > 0, α1 > 0, k = β−α > 0

x1 = x2

x2 = −h(x1) − ax2 + e1

y1 = kx2 + e1︸ ︷︷ ︸

H1

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

y2 = σ(e2)︸ ︷︷ ︸

H2

σ ∈ [0,∞], a = α− b

– p. 13/21

Page 253: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Assume a = α− b > 0 and show that H1 is strictly passive

V1 = k

∫ x1

0

h(s) ds+ xTPx

V1 = k

∫ x1

0

h(s) ds+ p11x2

1+ 2p12x1x2 + p22x

2

2

V = kh(x1)x2 + 2(p11x1 + p12x2)x2

2(p12x1 + p22x2)[−h(x1) − ax2 + e1]

Take p22 = k/2, p11 = ap12

– p. 14/21

Page 254: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = −2p12x1h(x1) − (ka− 2p12)x2

2

+ kx2e1 + 2p12x1e1

= −2p12x1h(x1) − (ka− 2p12)x2

2

+ (kx2 + e1)e1 − e21+ 2p12x1e1

y1e1 = V + 2p12x1h(x1) + (ka− 2p12)x2

2

+ (e1 − p12x1)2 − p2

12x2

1

≥ V + p12(2α1 − p12)x2

1+ (ka− 2p12)x

2

2

Take 0 < p12 < min

ak

2, 2α1

⇒ p2

12< 2p12

k

2= p11p22

H1 is strictly passive. By Theorem 6.4 the origin is globallyasymptotically stable (when u = 0)

– p. 15/21

Page 255: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

-

- H1-

H2

6

+

– p. 16/21

Page 256: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

-

- H1- W−1(s) -

W (s)H2

6

H1

H2

+

– p. 17/21

Page 257: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

H1 : x = Ax+Be1, y1 = Cx

A =

[

0 1

−1 −1

]

, B =

[

0

1

]

, C =[

1 0]

H2 : y2 = h(e2), h ∈ [0,∞]

C(sI −A)−1B =1

(s2 + s+ 1)Not PR

W (s) =1

as+ 1⇒

(as+ 1)

(s2 + s+ 1)

H1 : x = Ax+Be1, y1 = Cx =[

1 a]

x

– p. 18/21

Page 258: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

(as+ 1)

(s2 + s+ 1)

Re

[1 + jωa

1 − ω2 + jω

]

=1 + (a− 1)ω2

(1 − ω2)2 + ω2

limω→∞

ω2Re

[1 + jωa

1 − ω2 + jω

]

= a− 1

a > 1 ⇒(as+ 1)

(s2 + s+ 1)is SPR

V1 = 1

2xTPx, PA+ATP = −LTL− εP, PB = CT

– p. 19/21

Page 259: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

H2 : ae2 = −e2 + e2, y2 = h(e2), h ∈ [0,∞]

H2 is strictly passive with V2 = a∫ e20h(s) ds. Use

V = V1 + V2 = 1

2xTPx+ a

∫ e2

0

h(s) ds

as a Lyapunov function candidate for the original feedbackconnection

– p. 20/21

Page 260: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = 1

2xTP x+ 1

2xTPx+ ah(e2)e2

= 1

2xTP [Ax−Bh(e2)] + 1

2[Ax−Bh(e2)]

TPx

+ ah(e2)C[Ax−Bh(e2)]

= − 1

2xTLTLx− (ε/2)xTPx− xT CTh(e2)

+ ah(e2)CAx

= − 1

2xTLTLx− (ε/2)xTPx

− xT [C + aCA]Th(e2) + ah(e2)CAx

= − 1

2xTLTLx− (ε/2)xTPx− eT

2h(e2)

≤ −(ε/2)xTPx

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 21/21

Page 261: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 17

Circle & Popov Criteria

– p. 1/24

Page 262: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Absolute Stability

-

- -

6

r u yG(s)

ψ(·)

+

The system is absolutely stable if (when r = 0) the origin isglobally asymptotically stable for all memorylesstime-invariant nonlinearities in a given sector

– p. 2/24

Page 263: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Circle Criterion

Suppose G(s) = C(sI −A)−1B +D is SPR andψ ∈ [0,∞]

x = Ax+Bu

y = Cx+Du

u = −ψ(y)

By the KYP Lemma, ∃ P = P T > 0, L,W, ε > 0

PA+ATP = −LTL− εP

PB = CT − LTW

W TW = D +DT

V (x) = 1

2xTPx

– p. 3/24

Page 264: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = 1

2xTPx+ 1

2xTPx

= 1

2xT (PA+ATP )x+ xTPBu

= − 1

2xTLTLx− 1

2εxTPx+ xT (CT − LTW )u

= − 1

2xTLTLx− 1

2εxTPx+ (Cx+Du)Tu

− uTDu− xTLTWu

uTDu = 1

2uT (D +DT )u = 1

2uTW TWu

V = − 1

2εxTPx− 1

2(Lx+Wu)T (Lx+Wu) − yTψ(y)

yTψ(y) ≥ 0 ⇒ V ≤ − 1

2εxTPx

The origin is globally exponentially stable

– p. 4/24

Page 265: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What if ψ ∈ [K1,∞]?

- f -G(s) -

ψ(·)

6

+

−- f - f -G(s) -

K1

6

ψ(·)f

6

K1

6

ψ(·)

+

−+

+

ψ ∈ [0,∞]; hence the origin is globally exponentially stableif G(s)[I +K1G(s)]−1 is SPR

– p. 5/24

Page 266: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What if ψ ∈ [K1, K2]?

- f -G(s) -

ψ(·)

6

+

−- f - f -G(s) - K - f -

K1

6

?

fK−1ψ(·)f

6

K1

6 6

ψ(·)

+

−+

+

+

+

+

+

ψ ∈ [0,∞]; hence the origin is globally exponentially stableif I +KG(s)[I +K1G(s)]−1 is SPR

– p. 6/24

Page 267: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

I+KG(s)[I+K1G(s)]−1 = [I+K2G(s)][I+K1G(s)]−1

Theorem (Circle Criterion): The system is absolutely stableif

ψ ∈ [K1,∞] and G(s)[I +K1G(s)]−1 is SPR, or

ψ ∈ [K1, K2] and [I+K2G(s)][I+K1G(s)]−1 is SPR

Scalar Case: ψ ∈ [α, β], β > αThe system is absolutely stable if

1 + βG(s)

1 + αG(s)is Hurwitz and

Re

[

1 + βG(jω)

1 + αG(jω)

]

> 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞]

– p. 7/24

Page 268: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 1: α > 0By the Nyquist criterion

1 + βG(s)

1 + αG(s)=

1

1 + αG(s)+

βG(s)

1 + αG(s)

is Hurwitz if the Nyquist plot of G(jω) does not intersect thepoint −(1/α) + j0 and encircles it m times in thecounterclockwise direction, where m is the number of polesof G(s) in the open right-half complex plane

1 + βG(jω)

1 + αG(jω)> 0 ⇔

1

β +G(jω)

1

α +G(jω)> 0

– p. 8/24

Page 269: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Re

[

1

β +G(jω)

1

α +G(jω)

]

> 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞]

−1/α −1/β

qD(α,β)

θ2 θ1

The system is absolutely stable if the Nyquist plot of G(jω)does not enter the disk D(α, β) and encircles it m times inthe counterclockwise direction

– p. 9/24

Page 270: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 2: α = 0

1 + βG(s)

Re[1 + βG(jω)] > 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞]

Re[G(jω)] > −1

β, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞]

The system is absolutely stable if G(s) is Hurwitz and theNyquist plot of G(jω) lies to the right of the vertical linedefined by Re[s] = −1/β

– p. 10/24

Page 271: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 3: α < 0 < β

Re

[

1 + βG(jω)

1 + αG(jω)

]

> 0 ⇔ Re

[

1

β +G(jω)

1

α +G(jω)

]

< 0

The Nyquist plot of G(jω) must lie inside the disk D(α, β).The Nyquist plot cannot encircle the point −(1/α) + j0.From the Nyquist criterion, G(s) must be Hurwitz

The system is absolutely stable if G(s) is Hurwitz and theNyquist plot of G(jω) lies in the interior of the disk D(α, β)

– p. 11/24

Page 272: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

G(s) =4

(s+ 1)(1

2s+ 1)(1

3s+ 1)

−5 0 5−4

−2

0

2

4

6

Re G

Im G

– p. 12/24

Page 273: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Apply Case 3 with center (0, 0) and radius = 4

Sector is (−0.25, 0.25)

Apply Case 3 with center (1.5, 0) and radius = 2.834

Sector is [−0.227, 0.714]

Apply Case 2

The Nyquist plot is to the right of Re[s] = −0.857

Sector is [0, 1.166]

[0, 1.166] includes the saturation nonlinearity

– p. 13/24

Page 274: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

G(s) =4

(s− 1)(1

2s+ 1)(1

3s+ 1)

−4 −2 0−0.4

−0.2

0

0.2

0.4

Re G

Im G

G is not Hurwitz

Apply Case 1

Center = (−3.2, 0), Radius = 0.168 ⇒ [0.2969, 0.3298]

– p. 14/24

Page 275: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Popov Criterion

- f -G(s) -

ψ(·)

6

+

x = Ax+Bu

y = Cx

ui = −ψi(yi), 1 ≤ i ≤ p

ψi ∈ [0, ki], 1 ≤ i ≤ p, (0 < ki ≤ ∞)

G(s) = C(sI −A)−1B

Γ = diag(γ1, . . . , γp), M = diag(1/k1, · · · , 1/kp)

– p. 15/24

Page 276: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- i - G(s) - (I + sΓ) - i -

- M

?

i(I + sΓ)−1ψ(·)

6

M

6

H1

H2

+

+

+

+

+

Show that H1 and H2 are passive– p. 16/24

Page 277: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

M + (I + sΓ)G(s)

= M + (I + sΓ)C(sI −A)−1B

= M + C(sI −A)−1B + ΓCs(sI −A)−1B

= M + C(sI −A)−1B + ΓC(sI −A+A)(sI −A)−1B

= (C + ΓCA)(sI −A)−1B +M + ΓCB

If M + (I + sΓ)G(s) is SPR, then H1 is strictly passivewith the storage function V1 = 1

2xTPx, where P is given by

the KYP equations

PA+ATP = −LTL− εP

PB = (C + ΓCA)T − LTW

W TW = 2M + ΓCB +BTCTΓ

– p. 17/24

Page 278: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

H2 consists of p decoupled components:

γizi = −zi +1

kiψi(zi) + e2i, y2i = ψi(zi)

V2i = γi

∫ zi

0

ψi(σ) dσ

V2i = γiψi(zi)zi = ψi(zi)[

−zi + 1

ki

ψi(zi) + e2i

]

= y2ie2i +1

ki

ψi(zi) [ψi(zi) − kizi]

ψi ∈ [0, ki] ⇒ ψi(ψi − kizi) ≤ 0 ⇒ V2i ≤ y2ie2i

H2 is passive with the storage functionV2 =

∑pi=1

γi∫ zi

0ψi(σ) dσ

– p. 18/24

Page 279: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Use V = 1

2xTPx+

p∑

i=1

γi

∫ yi

0

ψi(σ) dσ

as a Lyapunov function candidate for the original feedbackconnection

x = Ax+Bu, y = Cx, u = −ψ(y)

V = 1

2xTPx+ 1

2xTPx+ ψT (y)Γy

= 1

2xT (PA +ATP )x+ xTPBu

+ ψT (y)ΓC(Ax+Bu)

= − 1

2xTLTLx− 1

2εxTPx

+ xT (CT +ATCTΓ − LTW )u

+ ψT (y)ΓCAx+ ψT (y)ΓCBu

– p. 19/24

Page 280: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = − 1

2εxTPx− 1

2(Lx+Wu)T (Lx+Wu)

− ψ(y)T [y −Mψ(y)]

≤ − 1

2εxTPx− ψ(y)T [y −Mψ(y)]

ψi ∈ [0, ki] ⇒ ψ(y)T [y−Mψ(y)] ≥ 0 ⇒ V ≤ −1

2εxTPx

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

Popov Criterion: The system is absolutely stable if, for1 ≤ i ≤ p, ψi ∈ [0, ki] and there exists a constant γi ≥ 0,with (1 + λkγi) 6= 0 for every eigenvalue λk of A, such thatM + (I + sΓ)G(s) is strictly positive real

– p. 20/24

Page 281: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Scalar case1

k+ (1 + sγ)G(s)

is SPR if G(s) is Hurwitz and

1

k+ Re[G(jω)] − γωIm[G(jω)] > 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

If

limω→∞

1

k+ Re[G(jω)] − γωIm[G(jω)]

= 0

we also need

limω→∞

ω2

1

k+ Re[G(jω)] − γωIm[G(jω)]

> 0

– p. 21/24

Page 282: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

1

k+ Re[G(jω)] − γωIm[G(jω)] > 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

Re[G(j )]ω

Im[G(j )]ω ω

−1/k

slope = 1/γ

Popov Plot

– p. 22/24

Page 283: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −x2 − h(y), y = x1

x2 = −αx1 − x2 − h(y) + αx1, α > 0

G(s) =1

s2 + s+ α, ψ(y) = h(y) − αy

h ∈ [α, β] ⇒ ψ ∈ [0, k] (k = β − α > 0)

γ > 1 ⇒α− ω2 + γω2

(α− ω2)2 + ω2> 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞)

and limω→∞

ω2(α− ω2 + γω2)

(α− ω2)2 + ω2= γ − 1 > 0

– p. 23/24

Page 284: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The system is absolutely stable for ψ ∈ [0,∞] (h ∈ [α,∞])

−0.5 0 0.5 1−1

−0.8

−0.6

−0.4

−0.2

0

0.2 slope=1

Re G

Im Gω

Compare with the circle criterion (γ = 0)

1

k+

α− ω2

(α− ω2)2 + ω2> 0, ∀ ω ∈ [0,∞], for k < 1+2

√α

– p. 24/24

Page 285: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 18

Boundedness&

Ultimate Boundedness

– p. 1/18

Page 286: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The solutions of x = f(t, x) are

uniformly bounded if ∃ c > 0 and for every0 < a < c, ∃ β = β(a) > 0 such that

‖x(t0)‖ ≤ a ⇒ ‖x(t)‖ ≤ β, ∀ t ≥ t0 ≥ 0

uniformly ultimately bounded with ultimate bound b if∃ b and c and for every 0 < a < c, ∃ T = T (a, b) ≥ 0such that

‖x(t0)‖ ≤ a ⇒ ‖x(t)‖ ≤ b, ∀ t ≥ t0 + T

“Globally” if a can be arbitrarily large

Drop “uniformly” if x = f(x)

– p. 2/18

Page 287: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lyapunov Analysis: Let V (x) be a cont. diff. positivedefinite function and suppose that the sets

Ωc = V (x) ≤ c, Ωε = V (x) ≤ ε, Λ = ε ≤ V (x) ≤ c

are compact for some c > ε > 0

ΩεcΩ

Λ

– p. 3/18

Page 288: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Suppose

V (t, x) =∂V

∂xf(t, x) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ x ∈ Λ, ∀ t ≥ 0

W3(x) is continuous and positive definite

Ωc and Ωε are positively invariant

k = minx∈Λ

W3(x) > 0

V (t, x) ≤ −k, ∀ x ∈ Λ, ∀ t ≥ t0 ≥ 0

V (x(t)) ≤ V (x(t0)) − k(t − t0) ≤ c − k(t − t0)

x(t) enters the set Ωε within the interval [t0, t0 + (c − ε)/k]

– p. 4/18

Page 289: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Suppose

V (t, x) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ µ ≤ ‖x‖ ≤ r, ∀ t ≥ 0

Choose c and ε such that Λ ⊂ µ ≤ ‖x‖ ≤ r

Br

B

Ω

µ

c

Ωε

– p. 5/18

Page 290: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Let α1 and α2 be class K functions such that

α1(‖x‖) ≤ V (x) ≤ α2(‖x‖)

V (x) ≤ c ⇒ α1(‖x‖) ≤ c ⇔ ‖x‖ ≤ α−1

1(c)

c = α1(r) ⇒ Ωc ⊂ Br

‖x‖ ≤ µ ⇒ V (x) ≤ α2(µ)

ε = α2(µ) ⇒ Bµ ⊂ Ωε

What is the ultimate bound?

V (x) ≤ ε ⇒ α1(‖x‖) ≤ ε ⇔ ‖x‖ ≤ α−1

1(ε) = α−1

1(α2(µ))

– p. 6/18

Page 291: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem (special case of Thm 4.18): Suppose

α1(‖x‖) ≤ V (x) ≤ α2(‖x‖)

∂V

∂xf(t, x) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ µ > 0

∀ t ≥ 0 and ‖x‖ ≤ r, where α1, α2 ∈ K, W3(x) iscontinuous & positive definite, and µ < α−1

2(α1(r)). Then,

for every initial state x(t0) ∈ ‖x‖ ≤ α−1

2(α1(r)), there is

T ≥ 0 (dependent on x(t0) and µ) such that

‖x(t)‖ ≤ α−1

1(α2(µ)), ∀ t ≥ t0 + T

If the assumptions hold globally and α1 ∈ K∞, then theconclusion holds for any initial state x(t0)

– p. 7/18

Page 292: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Remarks:

The ultimate bound is independent of the initial state

The ultimate bound is a class K function of µ; hence,the smaller the value of µ, the smaller the ultimatebound. As µ → 0, the ultimate bound approaches zero

– p. 8/18

Page 293: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −(1 + x2

1)x1 − x2 + M cos ωt, M ≥ 0

With M = 0, x2 = −(1 + x2

1)x1 − x2 = −h(x1) − x2

V (x) = xT

1

2

1

2

1

21

x + 2

∫ x1

0

(y + y3) dy (Example 4.5)

V (x) = xT

3

2

1

2

1

21

x + 1

2x4

1

def= xT Px + 1

2x4

1

– p. 9/18

Page 294: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

λmin(P )‖x‖2 ≤ V (x) ≤ λmax(P )‖x‖2 + 1

2‖x‖4

α1(r) = λmin(P )r2, α2(r) = λmax(P )r2 + 1

2r4

V = −x2

1− x4

1− x2

2+ (x1 + 2x2)M cos ω

≤ −‖x‖2 − x4

1+ M

√5‖x‖

= −(1 − θ)‖x‖2 − x4

1− θ‖x‖2 + M

√5‖x‖

(0 < θ < 1)

≤ −(1 − θ)‖x‖2 − x4

1, ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ M

√5/θ

def= µ

The solutions are GUUB by

b = α−1

1(α2(µ)) =

λmax(P )µ2 + µ4/2

λmin(P )

– p. 10/18

Page 295: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 19

Perturbed Systems&

Input-to-State Stability

– p. 1/??

Page 296: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Perturbed Systems: Nonvanishing Perturbation

Nominal System:

x = f(x), f(0) = 0

Perturbed System:

x = f(x) + g(t, x), g(t, 0) 6= 0

Case 1: The origin of x = f(x) is exponentially stable

c1‖x‖2 ≤ V (x) ≤ c2‖x‖2

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −c3‖x‖2,

∂V

∂x

≤ c4‖x‖

∀ x ∈ Br = ‖x‖ ≤ r

– p. 2/??

Page 297: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Use V (x) to investigate ultimate boundedness of theperturbed system

V (t, x) =∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xg(t, x)

Assume‖g(t, x)‖ ≤ δ, ∀ t ≥ 0, x ∈ Br

V (t, x) ≤ −c3‖x‖2 +∥

∂V∂x

∥‖g(t, x)‖

≤ −c3‖x‖2 + c4δ‖x‖= −(1 − θ)c3‖x‖2 − θc3‖x‖2 + c4δ‖x‖

0 < θ < 1

≤ −(1 − θ)c3‖x‖2, ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ δc4/(θc3)def= µ

– p. 3/??

Page 298: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Apply Theorem 4.18

‖x(t0)‖ ≤ α−1

2(α1(r)) ⇔ ‖x(t0)‖ ≤ r

c1

c2

µ < α−1

2(α1(r)) ⇔ δc4

θc3

< r

c1

c2

⇔ δ <c3

c4

c1

c2

θr

b = α−1

1(α2(µ)) ⇔ b = µ

c2

c1

⇔ b =δc4

θc3

c2

c1

For all ‖x(t0)‖ ≤ r√

c1/c2, the solutions of the perturbedsystem are ultimately bounded by b

– p. 4/??

Page 299: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −4x1 − 2x2 + βx3

2+ d(t)

β ≥ 0, |d(t)| ≤ δ, ∀ t ≥ 0

V (x) = xT Px = xT

3

2

1

8

1

8

5

16

x (Lecture 13)

V (t, x) = −‖x‖2 + 2βx2

2

(

1

8x1x2 + 5

16x2

2

)

+ 2d(t)(

1

8x1 + 5

16x2

)

≤ −‖x‖2 +

√29

8βk2

2‖x‖2 +

√29δ

8‖x‖

– p. 5/??

Page 300: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

k2 = maxxT P x≤c

|x2| = 1.8194√

c

Suppose β ≤ 8(1 − ζ)/(√

29k2

2) (0 < ζ < 1)

V (t, x) ≤ −ζ‖x‖2 +√

29δ8

‖x‖≤ −(1 − θ)ζ‖x‖2, ∀ ‖x‖ ≥

√29δ

8ζθ

def= µ

(0 < θ < 1)

If µ2λmax(P ) < c, then all solutions of the perturbedsystem, starting in Ωc, are uniformly ultimately bounded by

b =

√29δ

8ζθ

λmax(P )

λmin(P )

– p. 6/??

Page 301: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 2: The origin of x = f(x) is asymptotically stable

α1(‖x‖) ≤ V (x) ≤ α2(‖x‖)

∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ −α3(‖x‖),

∂V

∂x

≤ k

∀ x ∈ Br = ‖x‖ ≤ r, αi ∈ K, i = 1, 2, 3

V (t, x) ≤ −α3(‖x‖) +∥

∂V∂x

∥‖g(t, x)‖

≤ −α3(‖x‖) + δk

≤ −(1 − θ)α3(‖x‖) − θα3(‖x‖) + δk

0 < θ < 1

≤ −(1 − θ)α3(‖x‖), ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ α−1

3

(

δkθ

)

def= µ

– p. 7/??

Page 302: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Apply Theorem 4.18

µ < α−1

2(α1(r)) ⇔ α−1

3

(

δk

θ

)

< α−1

2(α1(r))

⇔ δ <θα3(α

−1

2(α1(r)))

k

µ < α−1

2(α1(r)) ⇔ α−1

3

(

δk

θ

)

< α−1

2(α1(r))

⇔ δ <θα3(α

−1

2(α1(r)))

kCompare with δ <

c3

c4

c1

c2

θr

Example

x = − x

1 + x2

V (x) = x4 ⇒ ∂V

∂x

[

− x

1 + x2

]

= − 4x4

1 + x2– p. 8/??

Page 303: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The origin is globally asymptotically stable

θα3(α−1

2(α1(r)))

k=

θα3(r)

k=

1 + r2

1 + r2→ 0 as r → ∞

x = −x

1 + x2+ δ, δ > 0

δ > 1

2⇒ lim

t→∞x(t) = ∞

– p. 9/??

Page 304: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Input-to-State Stability (ISS)

Definition: The system x = f(x, u) is input-to-state stable ifthere exist β ∈ KL and γ ∈ K such that for any initial statex(t0) and any bounded input u(t)

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t − t0) + γ

(

supt0≤τ≤t

‖u(τ )‖)

ISS of x = f(x, u) impliesBIBS stability

x(t) is ultimately bounded by a class K function ofsupt≥t0 ‖u(t)‖

limt→∞ u(t) = 0 ⇒ limt→∞ x(t) = 0

The origin of x = f(x, 0) is GAS

– p. 10/??

Page 305: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem (Special case of Thm 4.19): Let V (x) be acontinuously differentiable function such that

α1(‖x‖) ≤ V (x) ≤ α2(‖x‖)

∂V

∂xf(x, u) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ ρ(‖u‖) > 0

∀ x ∈ Rn, u ∈ Rm, where α1, α2 ∈ K∞, ρ ∈ K, andW3(x) is a continuous positive definite function. Then, thesystem x = f(x, u) is ISS with γ = α−1

1 α2 ρ

Proof: Let µ = ρ(supτ≥t0‖u(τ )‖); then

∂V

∂xf(x, u) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ µ

– p. 11/??

Page 306: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Choose ε and c such that

∂V

∂xf(x, u) ≤ −W3(x), ∀ x ∈ Λ = ε ≤ V (x) ≤ c

Suppose x(t0) ∈ Λ and x(t) reaches Ωε at t = t0 + T . Fort0 ≤ t ≤ t0 + T , V satisfies the conditions for the uniformasymptotic stability. Therefore, the trajectory behaves as ifthe origin was uniformly asymptotically stable and satisfies

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t − t0), for some β ∈ KL

For t ≥ t0 + T ,

‖x(t)‖ ≤ α−1

1(α2(µ))

– p. 12/??

Page 307: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t − t0) + α−1

1(α2(µ)), ∀ t ≥ t0

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(t0)‖, t − t0) + γ

(

supτ≥t0

‖u(τ )‖)

, ∀ t ≥ t0

Since x(t) depends only on u(τ ) for t0 ≤ τ ≤ t, thesupremum on the right-hand side can be taken over [t0, t]

– p. 13/??

Page 308: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = −x3 + u

The origin of x = −x3 is globally asymptotically stable

V = 1

2x2

V = −x4 + xu

= −(1 − θ)x4 − θx4 + xu

≤ −(1 − θ)x4, ∀ |x| ≥(

|u|θ

)1/3

0 < θ < 1

The system is ISS with

γ(r) = (r/θ)1/3

– p. 14/??

Page 309: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = −x − 2x3 + (1 + x2)u2

The origin of x = −x − 2x3 is globally exponentially stable

V = 1

2x2

V = −x2 − 2x4 + x(1 + x2)u2

= −x4 − x2(1 + x2) + x(1 + x2)u2

≤ −x4, ∀ |x| ≥ u2

The system is ISS with γ(r) = r2

– p. 15/??

Page 310: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x1 + x2

2, x2 = −x2 + u

Investigate GAS of x1 = −x1 + x2

2, x2 = −x2

V (x) = 1

2x2

1+ 1

4x4

2

V = −x2

1+ x1x

2

2− x4

2= −(x1 − 1

2x2

2)2 −

(

1 − 1

4

)

x4

2

Now u 6= 0, V = −1

2(x1 − x2

2)2 − 1

2(x2

1+ x4

2) + x3

2u

≤ −1

2(x2

1+ x4

2) + |x2|3|u|

V ≤ −1

2(1 − θ)(x2

1+ x4

2) − 1

2θ(x2

1+ x4

2) + |x2|3|u|

(0 < θ < 1)

– p. 16/??

Page 311: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

−1

2θ(x2

1+ x4

2) + |x2|3|u| ≤ 0

if |x2| ≥ 2|u|θ

or |x2| ≤ 2|u|θ

and |x1| ≥(

2|u|θ

)2

if ‖x‖ ≥ 2|u|θ

1 +

(

2|u|θ

)2

ρ(r) =2r

θ

1 +

(

2r

θ

)2

V ≤ −1

2(1 − θ)(x2

1+ x4

2), ∀ ‖x‖ ≥ ρ(|u|)

The system is ISS

– p. 17/??

Page 312: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Find γ

V (x) = 1

2x2

1+ 1

4x4

2

For |x2| ≤ |x1|, 1

4(x2

1+ x2

2) ≤ 1

4x2

1+ 1

4x2

1= 1

2x2

1≤ V (x)

For |x2| ≥ |x1|, 1

16(x2

1+x2

2)2 ≤ 1

16(x2

2+x2

2)2 = 1

4x4

2≤ V (x)

min

1

4‖x‖2, 1

16‖x‖4

≤ V (x) ≤ 1

2‖x‖2 + 1

4‖x‖4

α1(r) = 1

4min

r2, 1

4r4

, α2(r) = 1

2r2 + 1

4r4

γ = α−1

1 α2 ρ

α−1

1(s) =

2(s)1

4 , if s ≤ 1

2√

s, if s ≥ 1

– p. 18/??

Page 313: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 20

Input-Output Stability

– p. 1/15

Page 314: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Input-Output Models

y = Hu

u(t) is a piecewise continuous function of t and belongs toa linear space of signals

The space of bounded functions: supt≥0 ‖u(t)‖ < ∞

The space of square-integrable functions:∫∞0 uT (t)u(t) dt < ∞

Norm of a signal ‖u‖:

‖u‖ ≥ 0 and ‖u‖ = 0 ⇔ u = 0

‖au‖ = a‖u‖ for any a > 0

Triangle Inequality: ‖u1 + u2‖ ≤ ‖u1‖ + ‖u2‖– p. 2/15

Page 315: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lp spaces:

L∞ : ‖u‖L∞= sup

t≥0‖u(t)‖ < ∞

L2; ‖u‖L2 =

∫ ∞

0uT (t)u(t) dt < ∞

Lp; ‖u‖Lp=

(∫ ∞

0‖u(t)‖p dt

)1/p

< ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞

Notation Lmp : p is the type of p-norm used to define the

space and m is the dimension of u

– p. 3/15

Page 316: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Extended Space: Le = u | uτ ∈ L, ∀ τ ∈ [0, ∞)

uτ is a truncation of u: uτ (t) =

u(t), 0 ≤ t ≤ τ

0, t > τ

Le is a linear space and L ⊂ Le

Example: u(t) = t, uτ (t) =

t, 0 ≤ t ≤ τ

0, t > τ

u /∈ L∞ but uτ ∈ L∞e

Causality: A mapping H : Lme → Lq

e is causal if the valueof the output (Hu)(t) at any time t depends only on thevalues of the input up to time t

(Hu)τ = (Huτ )τ

– p. 4/15

Page 317: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A mapping H : Lme → Lq

e is L stable if ∃ α ∈ Kβ ≥ 0 such that

‖(Hu)τ ‖L ≤ α (‖uτ ‖L) + β, ∀ u ∈ Lme and τ ∈ [0, ∞)

It is finite-gain L stable if ∃ γ ≥ 0 and β ≥ 0 such that

‖(Hu)τ ‖L ≤ γ‖uτ ‖L + β, ∀ u ∈ Lme and τ ∈ [0, ∞)

It is small-signal L stable (respectively, finite-gain L stable)if ∃ r > 0 such that the inequality is satisfied for all u ∈ Lm

e

with sup0≤t≤τ ‖u(t)‖ ≤ r

– p. 5/15

Page 318: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Memoryless function y = h(u)

h(u) = a + b tanh cu = a + becu − e−cu

ecu + e−cu, a, b, c > 0

h′(u) =4bc

(ecu + e−cu)2 ≤ bc ⇒ |h(u)| ≤ a+bc|u|, ∀ u ∈ R

Finite-gain L∞ stable with β = a and γ = bc

h(u) = b tanh cu, |h(u)| ≤ bc|u|, ∀ u ∈ R∫ ∞

0|h(u(t))|p dt ≤ (bc)p

∫ ∞

0|u(t)|p dt, for p ∈ [1, ∞)

Finite-gain Lp stable with β = 0 and γ = bc

– p. 6/15

Page 319: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

h(u) = u2

supt≥0

|h(u(t))| ≤(

supt≥0

|u(t)|)2

L∞ stable with β = 0 and α(r) = r2

It is not finite-gain L∞ stable. Why?

h(u) = tan u

|u| ≤ r <π

2⇒ |h(u)| ≤

(

tan r

r

)

|u|

Small-signal finite-gain Lp stable with β = 0 and γ = tan r/r

– p. 7/15

Page 320: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: SISO causal convolution operator

y(t) =

∫ t

0h(t − σ)u(σ) dσ, h(t) = 0 for t < 0

Suppose h ∈ L1 ⇔ ‖h‖L1 =

∫ ∞

0|h(σ)| dσ < ∞

|y(t)| ≤∫ t0 |h(t − σ)| |u(σ)| dσ

≤∫ t0 |h(t − σ)| dσ sup0≤σ≤τ |u(σ)|

=∫ t0 |h(s)| ds sup0≤σ≤τ |u(σ)|

‖yτ ‖L∞≤ ‖h‖L1‖uτ ‖L∞

, ∀ τ ∈ [0, ∞)

Finite-gain L∞ stable

Also, finite-gain Lp stable for p ∈ [1, ∞) (see textbook)– p. 8/15

Page 321: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

L Stability of State Models

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

0 = f(0, 0), 0 = h(0, 0)

Case 1: The origin of x = f(x, 0) is exponentially stable

c1‖x‖2 ≤ V (x) ≤ c2‖x‖2

∂V

∂xf(x, 0) ≤ −c3‖x‖2,

∂V

∂x

≤ c4‖x‖

‖f(x, u)−f(x, 0)‖ ≤ L‖u‖, ‖h(x, u)‖ ≤ η1‖x‖+η2‖u‖∀ ‖x‖ ≤ r and ‖u‖ ≤ ru

– p. 9/15

Page 322: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = ∂V∂x f(x, 0) + ∂V

∂x [f(x, u) − f(x, 0)]

≤ −c3‖x‖2 + c4L‖x‖ ‖u‖ ≤ − c3

c2V + c4L√

c1‖u‖

√V

W (t) =√

V (x(t)) ⇒ W ≤ −(

c3

2c2

)

W +c4L

2√

c1‖u(t)‖

W (t) ≤ e− tc3

2c2 W (0) +c4L

2√

c1

∫ t

0e

− (t−τ )c32c2 ‖u(τ )‖ dτ

‖x(t)‖ ≤√

c2

c1‖x(0)‖e

− tc32c2 +

c4L

2c1

∫ t

0e

− (t−τ )c32c2 ‖u(τ )‖ dτ

‖y(t)‖ ≤ k0‖x(0)‖e−at+k2

∫ t

0e−a(t−τ )‖u(τ )‖ dτ+k3 ‖u(t)‖

– p. 10/15

Page 323: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 5.1: For each x(0) with ‖x(0)‖ ≤ r√

c1/c2, thesystem is small-signal finite-gain Lp stable for eachp ∈ [1, ∞]

If the assumptions hold globally, then, for each x(0) ∈ Rn,the system is finite-gain Lp stable for each p ∈ [1, ∞]

Example

x = −x − x3 + u, y = tanh x + u

V = 12x2 ⇒ x(−x − x3) ≤ −x2

c1 = c2 = 12, c3 = c4 = 1, L = η1 = η2 = 1

Finite-gain Lp stable for each x(0) ∈ R and each p ∈ [1, ∞]

– p. 11/15

Page 324: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Case 2: The origin of x = f(x, 0) is asymptotically stable

Theorem 5.3: Suppose that, for all (x, u), f is locallyLipschitz and h is continuous and satisfies

‖h(x, u)‖ ≤ α1(‖x‖) + α2(‖u‖) + η, α1, α2 ∈ K, η ≥ 0

If x = f(x, u) is ISS, then, for each x(0) ∈ Rn, the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is L∞ stable

– p. 12/15

Page 325: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

‖x(t)‖ ≤ β(‖x(0)‖, t)+γ

(

sup0≤t≤τ

‖u(t)‖)

, β ∈ KL, γ ∈ K

‖y(t)‖ ≤ α1

(

β(‖x(0)‖, t) + γ(

sup0≤t≤τ ‖u(t)‖))

+ α2(‖u(t)‖) + η

α1(a + b) ≤ α1(2a) + α1(2b)

‖y(t)‖ ≤ α1 (2β(‖x(0)‖, t)) + α1

(

2γ(

sup0≤t≤τ ‖u(t)‖))

+ α2(‖u(t)‖) + η

‖yτ ‖L∞≤ γ0 (‖uτ ‖L∞

) + β0

γ0 = α1 2γ + α2 and β0 = α1(2β(‖x(0)‖, 0)) + η

– p. 13/15

Page 326: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem (Rephrasing of Thm 5.2): Suppose f is locallyLipschitz and h is continuous in some neighborhood of(x = 0, u = 0). If the origin of x = f(x, 0) isasymptotically stable, then there is a constant k1 > 0 suchthat for each x(0) with ‖x(0)‖ < k1, the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is small-signal L∞ stable

– p. 14/15

Page 327: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x31 + x2, x2 = −x1 − x3

2 + u, y = x1 + x2

V = (x21 + x2

2) ⇒ V = −2x41 − 2x4

2 + 2x2u

x41 + x4

2 ≥ 12‖x‖4

V ≤ −‖x‖4 + 2‖x‖|u|= −(1 − θ)‖x‖4 − θ‖x‖4 + 2‖x‖|u|, 0 < θ < 1

≤ −(1 − θ)‖x‖4, ∀ ‖x‖ ≥(

2|u|θ

)1/3

ISS

L∞ stable

– p. 15/15

Page 328: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 21

L2 Gain

&

The Small-Gain theorem

– p. 1/12

Page 329: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 5.4: Consider the linear time-invariant system

x = Ax + Bu, y = Cx + Du

where A is Hurwitz. Let G(s) = C(sI − A)−1B + D.Then, the L2 gain of the system is supω∈R ‖G(jω)‖

– p. 2/12

Page 330: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: Consider the time-invariant system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

where f is locally Lipschitz and h is continuous for allx ∈ Rn and u ∈ Rm. Let V (x) be a positive semidefinitefunction such that

V =∂V

∂xf(x, u) ≤ a(γ2‖u‖2 − ‖y‖2), a, γ > 0

Then, for each x(0) ∈ Rn, the system is finite-gain L2

stable and its L2 gain is less than or equal to γ. In particular

‖yτ ‖L2≤ γ‖uτ ‖L2

+

V (x(0))

a

– p. 3/12

Page 331: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

V (x(τ ))−V (x(0)) ≤ aγ2

∫ τ

0

‖u(t)‖2 dt− a

∫ τ

0

‖y(t)‖2 dt

– p. 4/12

Page 332: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

V (x(τ ))−V (x(0)) ≤ aγ2

∫ τ

0

‖u(t)‖2 dt− a

∫ τ

0

‖y(t)‖2 dt

V (x) ≥ 0∫ τ

0

‖y(t)‖2 dt ≤ γ2

∫ τ

0

‖u(t)‖2 dt +V (x(0))

a

– p. 4/12

Page 333: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

V (x(τ ))−V (x(0)) ≤ aγ2

∫ τ

0

‖u(t)‖2 dt− a

∫ τ

0

‖y(t)‖2 dt

V (x) ≥ 0∫ τ

0

‖y(t)‖2 dt ≤ γ2

∫ τ

0

‖u(t)‖2 dt +V (x(0))

a

‖yτ ‖L2≤ γ‖uτ ‖L2

+

V (x(0))

a

– p. 4/12

Page 334: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma 6.5: If the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is output strictly passive with

uT y ≥ V + δyT y, δ > 0

then it is finite-gain L2 stable and its L2 gain is less than orequal to 1/δ

– p. 5/12

Page 335: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma 6.5: If the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is output strictly passive with

uT y ≥ V + δyT y, δ > 0

then it is finite-gain L2 stable and its L2 gain is less than orequal to 1/δProof

V ≤ uT y − δyT y

= − 1

2δ (u − δy)T (u − δy) + 1

2δuT u − δ2yT y

≤ δ2

(

1

δ2 uT u − yT y)

– p. 5/12

Page 336: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −ax3

1− kx2 + u, y = x2, a, k > 0

– p. 6/12

Page 337: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −ax3

1− kx2 + u, y = x2, a, k > 0

V (x) = a4x4

1+ 1

2x2

2

– p. 6/12

Page 338: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −ax3

1− kx2 + u, y = x2, a, k > 0

V (x) = a4x4

1+ 1

2x2

2

V = ax3

1x2 + x2(−ax3

1− kx2 + u)

= −kx2

2+ x2u = −ky2 + yu

– p. 6/12

Page 339: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −ax3

1− kx2 + u, y = x2, a, k > 0

V (x) = a4x4

1+ 1

2x2

2

V = ax3

1x2 + x2(−ax3

1− kx2 + u)

= −kx2

2+ x2u = −ky2 + yu

The system is finite-gain L2 stable and its L2 gain is lessthan or equal to 1/k

– p. 6/12

Page 340: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 5.5: Consider the time-invariant system

x = f(x) + G(x)u, y = h(x)

f(0) = 0, h(0) = 0

where f and G are locally Lipschitz and h is continuousover Rn. Suppose ∃ γ > 0 and a continuouslydifferentiable, positive semidefinite function V (x) thatsatisfies the Hamilton–Jacobi inequality

∂V

∂xf(x)+

1

2γ2

∂V

∂xG(x)GT (x)

(

∂V

∂x

)T

+1

2hT (x)h(x) ≤ 0

∀ x ∈ Rn. Then, for each x(0) ∈ Rn, the system isfinite-gain L2 stable and its L2 gain ≤ γ

– p. 7/12

Page 341: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xG(x)u =

−1

2γ2

u −1

γ2GT (x)

(

∂V

∂x

)T∥

2

+∂V

∂xf(x)

+1

2γ2

∂V

∂xG(x)GT (x)

(

∂V

∂x

)T

+1

2γ2‖u‖2

– p. 8/12

Page 342: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof

∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xG(x)u =

−1

2γ2

u −1

γ2GT (x)

(

∂V

∂x

)T∥

2

+∂V

∂xf(x)

+1

2γ2

∂V

∂xG(x)GT (x)

(

∂V

∂x

)T

+1

2γ2‖u‖2

V ≤1

2γ2‖u‖2 −

1

2‖y‖2

– p. 8/12

Page 343: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = Ax + Bu, y = Cx

– p. 9/12

Page 344: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = Ax + Bu, y = Cx

Suppose there is P = P T ≥ 0 that satisfies the Riccatiequation

PA + AT P +1

γ2PBBT P + CT C = 0

for some γ > 0.

– p. 9/12

Page 345: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = Ax + Bu, y = Cx

Suppose there is P = P T ≥ 0 that satisfies the Riccatiequation

PA + AT P +1

γ2PBBT P + CT C = 0

for some γ > 0. Verify that V (x) = 1

2xT Px satisfies the

Hamilton-Jacobi equation

– p. 9/12

Page 346: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = Ax + Bu, y = Cx

Suppose there is P = P T ≥ 0 that satisfies the Riccatiequation

PA + AT P +1

γ2PBBT P + CT C = 0

for some γ > 0. Verify that V (x) = 1

2xT Px satisfies the

Hamilton-Jacobi equation

The system is finite-gain L2 stable and its L2 gain is lessthan or equal to γ

– p. 9/12

Page 347: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The Small-Gain Theorem

-

- -

6

?

u1

u2

e1

e2

y1

y2

H1

H2

−+

++

– p. 10/12

Page 348: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The Small-Gain Theorem

-

- -

6

?

u1

u2

e1

e2

y1

y2

H1

H2

−+

++

‖y1τ ‖L ≤ γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1, ∀ e1 ∈ Lme , ∀ τ ∈ [0, ∞)

– p. 10/12

Page 349: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The Small-Gain Theorem

-

- -

6

?

u1

u2

e1

e2

y1

y2

H1

H2

−+

++

‖y1τ ‖L ≤ γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1, ∀ e1 ∈ Lme , ∀ τ ∈ [0, ∞)

‖y2τ ‖L ≤ γ2‖e2τ ‖L + β2, ∀ e2 ∈ Lqe, ∀ τ ∈ [0, ∞)

– p. 10/12

Page 350: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u =

[

u1

u2

]

, y =

[

y1

y2

]

, e =

[

e1

e2

]

– p. 11/12

Page 351: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u =

[

u1

u2

]

, y =

[

y1

y2

]

, e =

[

e1

e2

]

Theorem: The feedback connection is finite-gain L stable ifγ1γ2 < 1

– p. 11/12

Page 352: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u =

[

u1

u2

]

, y =

[

y1

y2

]

, e =

[

e1

e2

]

Theorem: The feedback connection is finite-gain L stable ifγ1γ2 < 1

Proof

e1τ = u1τ − (H2e2)τ , e2τ = u2τ + (H1e1)τ

– p. 11/12

Page 353: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u =

[

u1

u2

]

, y =

[

y1

y2

]

, e =

[

e1

e2

]

Theorem: The feedback connection is finite-gain L stable ifγ1γ2 < 1

Proof

e1τ = u1τ − (H2e2)τ , e2τ = u2τ + (H1e1)τ

‖e1τ ‖L ≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + ‖(H2e2)τ ‖L

≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖e2τ ‖L + β2

– p. 11/12

Page 354: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖e1τ ‖L ≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + γ2 (‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1) + β2

= γ1γ2‖e1τ ‖L

+ (‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

– p. 12/12

Page 355: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖e1τ ‖L ≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + γ2 (‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1) + β2

= γ1γ2‖e1τ ‖L

+ (‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

‖e1τ ‖L ≤1

1 − γ1γ2

(‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

– p. 12/12

Page 356: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖e1τ ‖L ≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + γ2 (‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1) + β2

= γ1γ2‖e1τ ‖L

+ (‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

‖e1τ ‖L ≤1

1 − γ1γ2

(‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

‖e2τ ‖L ≤1

1 − γ1γ2

(‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖u1τ ‖L + β1 + γ1β2)

– p. 12/12

Page 357: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

‖e1τ ‖L ≤ ‖u1τ ‖L + γ2 (‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖e1τ ‖L + β1) + β2

= γ1γ2‖e1τ ‖L

+ (‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

‖e1τ ‖L ≤1

1 − γ1γ2

(‖u1τ ‖L + γ2‖u2τ ‖L + β2 + γ2β1)

‖e2τ ‖L ≤1

1 − γ1γ2

(‖u2τ ‖L + γ1‖u1τ ‖L + β1 + γ1β2)

‖eτ ‖L ≤ ‖e1τ ‖L + ‖e2τ ‖L

– p. 12/12

Page 358: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 22

Normal Form

– p. 1/17

Page 359: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Relative Degree

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

where f , g, and h are sufficiently smooth in a domain Df : D → Rn and g : D → Rn are called vector fields on D

y =∂h

∂x[f(x) + g(x)u]

def= Lfh(x) + Lgh(x) u

Lfh(x) =∂h

∂xf(x)

is the Lie Derivative of h with respect to f or along f

– p. 2/17

Page 360: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

LgLfh(x) =∂(Lfh)

∂xg(x)

L2fh(x) = LfLfh(x) =

∂(Lfh)

∂xf(x)

Lkfh(x) = LfLk−1f h(x) =

∂(Lk−1f h)

∂xf(x)

L0fh(x) = h(x)

y = Lfh(x) + Lgh(x) u

Lgh(x) = 0 ⇒ y = Lfh(x)

y(2) =∂(Lfh)

∂x[f(x) + g(x)u] = L2

fh(x) + LgLfh(x) u

– p. 3/17

Page 361: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

LgLfh(x) = 0 ⇒ y(2) = L2fh(x)

y(3) = L3fh(x) + LgL

2fh(x) u

LgLi−1f h(x) = 0, i = 1, 2, . . . , ρ− 1; LgL

ρ−1f h(x) 6= 0

y(ρ) = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x) u

Definition: The system

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

has relative degree ρ, 1 ≤ ρ ≤ n, in D0 ⊂ D if ∀ x ∈ D0

LgLi−1f h(x) = 0, i = 1, 2, . . . , ρ− 1; LgL

ρ−1f h(x) 6= 0

– p. 4/17

Page 362: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −x1+ε(1−x21)x2+u, y = x1, ε > 0

y = x1 = x2

y = x2 = −x1 + ε(1 − x21)x2 + u

Relative degree = 2 over R2

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −x1+ε(1−x21)x2+u, y = x2, ε > 0

y = x2 = −x1 + ε(1 − x21)x2 + u

Relative degree = 1 over R2

– p. 5/17

Page 363: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −x1+ε(1−x21)x2+u, y = x1+x

22, ε > 0

y = x2 + 2x2[−x1 + ε(1 − x21)x2 + u]

Relative degree = 1 over x2 6= 0

Example: Field-controlled DC motor

x1 = −ax1+u, x2 = −bx2+k−cx1x3, x3 = θx1x2, y = x3

a, b, c, k, and θ are positive constants

y = x3 = θx1x2

y = θx1x2 + θx1x2 = (·) + θx2u

Relative degree = 2 over x2 6= 0– p. 6/17

Page 364: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Normal Form

Change of variables:

z = T (x) =

φ1(x)...

φn−ρ(x)

− − −

h(x)...

Lρ−1f h(x)

def=

φ(x)

− − −

ψ(x)

def=

η

− − −

ξ

φ1 to φn−ρ are chosen such that T (x) is a diffeomorphismon a domain D0 ⊂ D

– p. 7/17

Page 365: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η =∂φ

∂x[f(x) + g(x)u] = f0(η, ξ) + g0(η, ξ)u

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ− 1

ξρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x) u

y = ξ1

Choose φ(x) such that T (x) is a diffeomorphism and

∂φi

∂xg(x) = 0, for 1 ≤ i ≤ n− ρ, ∀ x ∈ D0

Always possible (at least locally)

η = f0(η, ξ)

– p. 8/17

Page 366: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 13.1: Suppose the system

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

has relative degree ρ (≤ n) in D. If ρ = n, then for everyx0 ∈ D, a neighborhood N of x0 exists such that the mapT (x) = ψ(x), restricted to N , is a diffeomorphism on N . Ifρ < n, then, for every x0 ∈ D, a neighborhood N of x0

and smooth functions φ1(x), . . . , φn−ρ(x) exist such that

∂φi

∂xg(x) = 0, for 1 ≤ i ≤ n− ρ

is satisfied for all x ∈ N and the map T (x) =

[

φ(x)

ψ(x)

]

,

restricted to N , is a diffeomorphism on N

– p. 9/17

Page 367: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Normal Form: η = f0(η, ξ)

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ− 1

ξρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x) u

y = ξ1

Ac =

0 1 0 . . . 0

0 0 1 . . . 0... . . . ...... 0 1

0 . . . . . . 0 0

, Bc =

0

0...0

1

Cc =[

1 0 . . . 0 0]

– p. 10/17

Page 368: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξ = Acξ +Bc

[

Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x) u

]

y = Ccξ

γ(x) = LgLρ−1f h(x), α(x) = −

Lρfh(x)

LgLρ−1f h(x)

ξ = Acξ +Bcγ(x)[u− α(x)]

If x∗ is an open-loop equilibrium point at which y = 0; i.e.,f(x∗) = 0 and h(x∗) = 0, then ψ(x∗) = 0. Takeφ(x∗) = 0 so that z = 0 is an open-loop equilibrium point.

– p. 11/17

Page 369: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Zero Dynamics

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξ = Acξ +Bcγ(x)[u− α(x)]

y = Ccξ

y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ ξ(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ u(t) ≡ α(x(t)) ⇒ η = f0(η, 0)

Definition: The equation η = f0(η, 0) is called the zerodynamics of the system. The system is said to be minimumphase if zero dynamics have an asymptotically stableequilibrium point in the domain of interest (at the origin ifT (0) = 0)

The zero dynamics can be characterized in thex-coordinates

– p. 12/17

Page 370: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Z∗ = x ∈ D0 | h(x) = Lfh(x) = · · · = Lρ−1f h(x) = 0

y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ∈ Z∗

⇒ u = u∗(x)def= α(x)|x∈Z∗

The restricted motion of the system is described by

x = f∗(x)def= [f(x) + g(x)α(x)]x∈Z∗

– p. 13/17

Page 371: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = −x1 + ε(1 − x21)x2 + u, y = x2

y = x2 = −x1 + ε(1 − x21)x2 + u ⇒ ρ = 1

y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1 = 0

Non-minimum phase

– p. 14/17

Page 372: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = −x1 +2 + x2

3

1 + x23

u, x2 = x3, x3 = x1x3 + u, y = x2

y = x2 = x3

y = x3 = x1x3 + u ⇒ ρ = 2

γ = LgLfh(x) = 1, α = −L2fh(x)

LgLfh(x)= −x1x3

Z∗ = x2 = x3 = 0

u = u∗(x) = 0 ⇒ x1 = −x1

Minimum phase

– p. 15/17

Page 373: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Find φ(x) such that

φ(0) = 0,∂φ

∂xg(x) =

[

∂φ∂x1

, ∂φ∂x2

, ∂φ∂x3

]

2+x2

3

1+x2

3

0

1

= 0

andT (x) =

[

φ(x) x2 x3

]T

is a diffeomorphism

∂φ

∂x1·2 + x2

3

1 + x23

+∂φ

∂x3= 0

φ(x) = −x1 + x3 + tan−1 x3

– p. 16/17

Page 374: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

T (x) =[

−x1 + x3 + tan−1 x3, x2, x3

]T

is a global diffeomorphism

η = −x1 + x3 + tan−1 x3, ξ1 = x2, ξ2 = x3

η =(

−η + ξ2 + tan−1 ξ2)

(

1 +2 + ξ22

1 + ξ22ξ2

)

ξ1 = ξ2

ξ2 =(

−η + ξ2 + tan−1 ξ2)

ξ2 + u

y = ξ1

– p. 17/17

Page 375: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 23

Controller Form

– p. 1/18

Page 376: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A nonlinear system is in the controller form if

x = Ax + Bγ(x)[u − α(x)]

where (A, B) is controllable and γ(x) is a nonsingular

u = α(x) + γ−1(x)v ⇒ x = Ax + Bv

The n-dimensional single-input (SI) system

x = f(x) + g(x)u

can be transformed into the controller form if ∃ h(x) s.t.

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

has relative degree n. Why?

– p. 2/18

Page 377: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Transform the system into the normal form

z = Acz + Bcγ(z)[u − α(z)], y = Ccz

On the other hand, if there is a change of variablesζ = S(x) that transforms the SI system

x = f(x) + g(x)u

into the controller form

ζ = Aζ + Bγ(ζ)[u − α(ζ)]

then there is a function h(x) such that the system

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

has relative degree n. Why?

– p. 3/18

Page 378: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

For any controllable pair (A, B), we can find a nonsingularmatrix M that transforms (A, B) into a controllablecanonical form:

MAM−1 = Ac + BcλT , MB = Bc

z = Mζ = MS(x)def= T (x)

z = Acz + Bcγ(·)[u − α(·)]

h(x) = T1(x)

– p. 4/18

Page 379: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

In summary, the n-dimensional SI system

x = f(x) + g(x)u

is transformable into the controller form if and only if ∃ h(x)such that

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

has relative degree nSearch for a smooth function h(x) such that

LgLi−1

f h(x) = 0, i = 1, 2, . . . , n−1, and LgLn−1

f h(x) 6= 0

T (x) =[

h(x), Lfh(x), · · · Ln−1

f h(x)]

– p. 5/18

Page 380: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The Lie Bracket: For two vector fields f and g, the Liebracket [f, g] is a third vector field defined by

[f, g](x) =∂g

∂xf(x) −

∂f

∂xg(x)

Notation:

ad0

fg(x) = g(x), adfg(x) = [f, g](x)

adkfg(x) = [f, adk−1

f g](x), k ≥ 1

Properties:

[f, g] = −[g, f ]

For constant vector fields f and g, [f, g] = 0

– p. 6/18

Page 381: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

f =

[

x2

− sin x1 − x2

]

, g =

[

0

x1

]

[f, g] =

[

0 0

1 0

] [

x2

− sin x1 − x2

]

[

0 1

− cos x1 −1

] [

0

x1

]

adfg = [f, g] =

[

−x1

x1 + x2

]

– p. 7/18

Page 382: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

f =

[

x2

− sin x1 − x2

]

, adfg =

[

−x1

x1 + x2

]

ad2

fg = [f, adfg] =[

−1 0

1 1

] [

x2

− sin x1 − x2

]

[

0 1

− cos x1 −1

] [

−x1

x1 + x2

]

=

[

−x1 − 2x2

x1 + x2 − sin x1 − x1 cos x1

]

– p. 8/18

Page 383: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Distribution: For vector fields f1, f2, . . . , fk on D ⊂ Rn, let

∆(x) = spanf1(x), f2(x), . . . , fk(x)

The collection of all vector spaces ∆(x) for x ∈ D is calleda distribution and referred to by

∆ = spanf1, f2, . . . , fk

If dim(∆(x)) = k for all x ∈ D, we say that ∆ is anonsingular distribution on D, generated by f1, . . . , fk

A distribution ∆ is involutive if

g1 ∈ ∆ and g2 ∈ ∆ ⇒ [g1, g2] ∈ ∆

– p. 9/18

Page 384: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: If ∆ is a nonsingular distribution, generated byf1, . . . , fk, then it is involutive if and only if

[fi, fj ] ∈ ∆, ∀ 1 ≤ i, j ≤ k

Example: D = R3; ∆ = spanf1, f2

f1 =

2x2

1

0

, f2 =

1

0

x2

, dim(∆(x)) = 2, ∀ x ∈ D

[f1, f2] =∂f2

∂xf1 −

∂f1

∂xf2 =

0

0

1

– p. 10/18

Page 385: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

rank [f1(x), f2(x), [f1, f2](x)] =

rank

2x2 1 0

1 0 0

0 x2 1

= 3, ∀ x ∈ D

∆ is not involutive

– p. 11/18

Page 386: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: D = x ∈ R3 | x2

1+ x2

36= 0; ∆ = spanf1, f2

f1 =

2x3

−1

0

, f2 =

−x1

−2x2

x3

, dim(∆(x)) = 2, ∀ x ∈ D

[f1, f2] =∂f2

∂xf1 −

∂f1

∂xf2 =

−4x3

2

0

rank

2x3 −x1 −4x3

−1 −2x2 2

0 x3 0

= 2, ∀ x ∈ D

∆ is involutive

– p. 12/18

Page 387: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: The n-dimensional SI system

x = f(x) + g(x)u

is transformable into the controller form if and only if there isa domain D0 such that

rank[g(x), adfg(x), . . . , adn−1

f g(x)] = n, ∀ x ∈ D0

and

span g, adfg, . . . , adn−2

f g is involutive in D0

– p. 13/18

Page 388: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x =

[

a sin x2

−x2

1

]

+

[

0

1

]

u

adfg = [f, g] = −∂f

∂xg =

[

−a cos x2

0

]

[g(x), adfg(x)] =

[

0 −a cos x2

1 0

]

rank[g(x), adfg(x)] = 2, ∀ x such that cos x2 6= 0

spang is involutive

Find h such that Lgh(x) = 0, and LgLfh(x) 6= 0

– p. 14/18

Page 389: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∂h

∂xg =

∂h

∂x2

= 0 ⇒ h is independent of x2

Lfh(x) =∂h

∂x1

a sin x2

LgLfh(x) =∂(Lfh)

∂xg =

∂(Lfh)

∂x2

=∂h

∂x1

a cos x2

LgLfh(x) 6= 0 in D0 = x ∈ R2| cos x2 6= 0 if ∂h∂x1

6= 0

Take h(x) = x1 ⇒ T (x) =

[

h

Lfh

]

=

[

x1

a sin x2

]

– p. 15/18

Page 390: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example (Field-Controlled DC Motor)

x =

−ax1

−bx2 + k − cx1x3

θx1x2

+

1

0

0

u

adfg =

a

cx3

−θx2

; ad2

fg =

a2

(a + b)cx3

(b − a)θx2 − θk

[g(x), adfg(x), ad2

fg(x)] =

1 a a2

0 cx3 (a + b)cx3

0 −θx2 (b − a)θx2 − θk

– p. 16/18

Page 391: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

det[·] = cθ(−k + 2bx2)x3

rank [·] = 3 for x2 6= k/2b and x3 6= 0

spang, adfg is involutive if [g, adfg] ∈ spang, adfg

[g, adfg] =∂(adfg)

∂xg =

0 0 0

0 0 c

0 −θ 0

1

0

0

=

0

0

0

⇒ spang, adfg is involutive

D0 = x ∈ R3 | x2 >k

2band x3 > 0

Find h such that Lgh(x) = LgLfh(x) = 0; LgL2

fh(x) 6= 0

– p. 17/18

Page 392: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x∗ = [0, k/b, ω0]T , h(x∗) = 0

∂h

∂xg =

∂h

∂x1

= 0 ⇒ h is independent of x1

Lfh(x) =∂h

∂x2

[−bx2 + k − cx1x3] +∂h

∂x3

θx1x2

[∂(Lfh)/∂x]g = 0 ⇒ cx3

∂h

∂x2

= θx2

∂h

∂x3

h = c1[θx2

2+cx2

3]+c2, LgL2

fh(x) = −2c1cθ(k−2bx2)x3

h(x∗) = c1[θ(k/b)2 + cω2

0] + c2

c1 = 1, c2 = −θ(k/b)2 − cω2

0

– p. 18/18

Page 393: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 24

Observer, Output Feedback&

Strict Feedback Forms

– p. 1/12

Page 394: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A nonlinear system is in the observer form if

x = Ax + γ(y, u), y = Cx

where (A, C) is observable

Observer:

˙x = Ax + γ(y, u) + H(y − Cx)

x = x − x

˙x = (A − HC)x

Design H such that (A − HC) is Hurwitz

– p. 2/12

Page 395: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: An n-dimensional single-output (SO) system

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

is transformable into the observer form if and only if there isa domain D0 such that

rank

[

∂φ

∂x(x)

]

= n, ∀ x ∈ D0

where φ =[

h, Lfh, · · · Ln−1

f h]T

and the unique vector field solution τ of

∂φ

∂xτ = b, where b =

[

0, · · · 0, 1]T

– p. 3/12

Page 396: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

satisfies

[adifτ, ad

jfτ ] = 0, 0 ≤ i, j ≤ n − 1

and[g, ad

jfτ ] = 0, 0 ≤ j ≤ n − 2

The change of variables z = T (x) is given by

∂T

∂x

[

τ1, τ2, · · · τn

]

= I

whereτi = (−1)i−1ad

i−1

f τ, 1 ≤ i ≤ n

– p. 4/12

Page 397: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x =

[

β1(x1) + x2

f2(x)

]

+

[

0

1

]

u, y = x1

φ(x) =

[

h(x)

Lfh(x)

]

=

[

x1

β1(x1) + x2

]

∂φ

∂x=

[

1 0∂β1

∂x1

1

]

; rank

[

∂φ

∂x(x)

]

= 2, ∀ x

∂φ

∂xτ =

[

0

1

]

⇒ τ =

[

0

1

]

– p. 5/12

Page 398: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

adfτ = [f, τ ] = −∂f

∂xτ = −

[

∗ 1

∗ ∂f2

∂x2

] [

0

1

]

= −

[

1∂f2

∂x2

]

[τ, adfτ ] =∂(adfτ )

∂xτ = −

[

0 0∂2f2

∂x1∂x2

∂2f2

∂x2

2

] [

0

1

]

[τ, adfτ ] = 0 ⇔∂2f2

∂x22

= 0 ⇔ f2(x) = β2(x1)+x2β3(x1)

[g, τ ] = 0 (g and τ are constant vector fields)

All the conditions are satisfied

– p. 6/12

Page 399: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

τ1 = (−1)0ad0fτ = τ =

[

0

1

]

τ2 = (−1)1ad1fτ = −adfτ =

[

1

β3(x1)

]

∂T

∂x

[

τ1, τ2

]

= I

[

∂T1

∂x1

∂T1

∂x2

∂T2

∂x1

∂T2

∂x2

] [

0 1

1 β3(x1)

]

=

[

1 0

0 1

]

∂T1

∂x2

= 1, ∂T1

∂x1

+ β3(x1)∂T1

∂x2

= 0

∂T2

∂x2

= 0, ∂T2

∂x1

+ β3(x1)∂T2

∂x2

= 1

– p. 7/12

Page 400: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∂T1

∂x2

= 1 ⇒ ∂T1

∂x1

+ β3(x1) = 0

T1(x) = x2 −∫ x1

0β3(σ) dσ

∂T2

∂x2

= 0 ⇒ ∂T2

∂x1

= 1, T2(x) = x1

z1 = x2 −

∫ x1

0

β3(σ) dσ, z2 = x1

y = z2

z =

[

0 0

1 0

]

z +

[

β2(y) − β1(y)β3(y) + u∫ y

0β3(σ) dσ + β1(y)

]

y =[

0 1]

z

– p. 8/12

Page 401: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A nonlinear system is in the output feedbackform if

x1 = x2 + γ1(y)

x2 = x3 + γ2(y)

...xρ−1 = xρ + γρ−1(y)

xρ = xρ+1 + γρ(y) + bmu, bm > 0

...xn−1 = xn + γn−1(y) + b1u

xn = γn(y) + b0u

y = x1

– p. 9/12

Page 402: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Show that

The output feedback form is a special case of theobserver form

It has relative degree ρ

It is minimum phase if the polynomial

bmsm + · · · + b1s + b0

is Hurwitz

– p. 10/12

Page 403: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A nonlinear system is in the strict feedback formif

x = f0(x) + g0(x)z1

z1 = f1(x, z1) + g1(x, z1)z2

z2 = f2(x, z1, z2) + g2(x, z1, z2)z3

...zk−1 = fk−1(x, z1, . . . , zk−1) + gk−1(x, z1, . . . , zk−1)zk

zk = fk(x, z1, . . . , zk) + gk(x, z1, . . . , zk)u

x ∈ Rn, z1 to zk are scalars

gi(x, z1, . . . , zi) 6= 0 for 1 ≤ i ≤ k

– p. 11/12

Page 404: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Find the relative degree if y = z1

Find the zero dynamics if y = z1 and

fi(x, 0) = 0, ∀ 1 ≤ i ≤ k

– p. 12/12

Page 405: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 25

Stabilization

Basic Concepts & Linearization

– p. 1/??

Page 406: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

We want to stabilize the system

x = f(x, u)

at the equilibrium point x = xss

Steady-State Problem: Find steady-state control uss s.t.

0 = f(xss, uss)

xδ = x − xss, uδ = u − uss

xδ = f(xss + xδ, uss + uδ)def= fδ(xδ, uδ)

fδ(0, 0) = 0

uδ = γ(xδ) ⇒ u = uss + γ(x − xss)

– p. 2/??

Page 407: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

State Feedback Stabilization: Given

x = f(x, u) [f(0, 0) = 0]

findu = γ(x) [γ(0) = 0]

s.t. the origin is an asymptotically stable equilibrium point of

x = f(x, γ(x))

f and γ are locally Lipschitz functions

– p. 3/??

Page 408: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linear Systemsx = Ax + Bu

(A, B) is stabilizable (controllable or every uncontrollableeigenvalue has a negative real part)

Find K such that (A − BK) is Hurwitz

u = −Kx

Typical methods:

Eigenvalue Placement

Eigenvalue-Eigenvector Placement

LQR

– p. 4/??

Page 409: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearizationx = f(x, u)

f(0, 0) = 0 and f is continuously differentiable in a domainDx × Du that contains the origin (x = 0, u = 0)(Dx ⊂ Rn, Du ⊂ Rp)

x = Ax + Bu

A =∂f

∂x(x, u)

x=0,u=0

; B =∂f

∂u(x, u)

x=0,u=0

Assume (A, B) is stabilizable. Design a matrix K such that(A − BK) is Hurwitz

u = −Kx

– p. 5/??

Page 410: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Closed-loop system:

x = f(x, −Kx)

x =

[

∂f

∂x(x, −Kx) +

∂f

∂u(x, −Kx) (−K)

]

x=0

x

= (A − BK)x

Since (A − BK) is Hurwitz, the origin is an exponentiallystable equilibrium point of the closed-loop system

– p. 6/??

Page 411: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example (Pendulum Equation):

θ = −a sin θ − bθ + cT

Stabilize the pendulum at θ = δ

0 = −a sin δ + cTss

x1 = θ − δ, x2 = θ, u = T − Tss

x1 = x2

x2 = −a[sin(x1 + δ) − sin δ] − bx2 + cu

A =

[

0 1

−a cos(x1 + δ) −b

]

x1=0

=

[

0 1

−a cos δ −b

]

– p. 7/??

Page 412: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A =

[

0 1

−a cos δ −b

]

; B =

[

0

c

]

K =[

k1 k2

]

A − BK =

[

0 1

−(a cos δ + ck1) −(b + ck2)

]

k1 > −a cos δ

c, k2 > −

b

c

T =a sin δ

c− Kx =

a sin δ

c− k1(θ − δ) − k2θ

– p. 8/??

Page 413: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Notions of Stabilization

x = f(x, u), u = γ(x)

Local Stabilization: The origin of x = f(x, γ(x)) isasymptotically stable (e.g., linearization)

Regional Stabilization: The origin of x = f(x, γ(x)) isasymptotically stable and a given region G is a subset ofthe region of attraction (for all x(0) ∈ G, limt→∞ x(t) = 0)(e.g., G ⊂ Ωc = V (x) ≤ c where Ωc is an estimate ofthe region of attraction)

Global Stabilization: The origin of x = f(x, γ(x)) isglobally asymptotically stable

– p. 9/??

Page 414: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Semiglobal Stabilization: The origin of x = f(x, γ(x)) isasymptotically stable and γ(x) can be designed such thatany given compact set (no matter how large) can beincluded in the region of attraction (Typically u = γp(x) isdependent on a parameter p such that for any compact setG, p can be chosen to ensure that G is a subset of theregion of attraction )

What is the difference between global stabilization andsemiglobal stabilization?

– p. 10/??

Page 415: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex = x2 + u

Linearization:

x = u, u = −kx, k > 0

Closed-loop system:

x = −kx + x2

Linearization of the closed-loop system yields x = −kx.Thus, u = −kx achieves local stabilization

The region of attraction is x < k. Thus, for any setx ≤ a with a < k, the control u = −kx achievesregional stabilization

– p. 11/??

Page 416: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The control u = −kx does not achieve global stabilization

But it achieves semiglobal stabilization because anycompact set |x| ≤ r can be included in the region ofattraction by choosing k > r

The controlu = −x2 − kx

achieves global stabilization because it yields the linearclosed-loop system x = −kx whose origin is globallyexponentially stable

– p. 12/??

Page 417: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Practical Stabilization

x = f(x, u) + g(x, u, t)

f(0, 0) = 0, g(0, 0, t) 6= 0

‖g(x, u, t)‖ ≤ δ, ∀ x ∈ Dx, u ∈ Du, t ≥ 0

There is no control u = γ(x), with γ(0) = 0, that can makethe origin of

x = f(x, γ(x)) + g(x, γ(x), t)

uniformly asymptotically stable because the origin is not anequilibrium point

– p. 13/??

Page 418: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: The system

x = f(x, u) + g(x, u, t)

is practically stabilizable if for any ε > 0 there is a controllaw u = γ(x) such that the solutions of

x = f(x, γ(x)) + g(x, γ(x), t)

are uniformly ultimately bounded by ε; i.e.,

‖x(t)‖ ≤ ε, ∀ t ≥ T

Typically, u = γp(x) is dependent on a parameter p suchthat for any ε > 0, p can be chosen to ensure that ε is anultimate bound

– p. 14/??

Page 419: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

With practical stabilization, we may have

local practical stabilization

regional practical stabilization

global practical stabilization, or

semiglobal practical stabilization

depending on the region of initial states

– p. 15/??

Page 420: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x = x2 + u + d(t), |d(t)| ≤ δ, ∀ t ≥ 0

u = −kx, k > 0, ⇒ x = x2 − kx + d(t)

V = 1

2x2 ⇒ V = x3 − kx2 + xd(t)

V ≤ −k3x2 − x2

(

k3

− |x|)

− |x|(

k3|x| − δ

)

V ≤ −k3x2, for 3δ

k≤ |x| ≤ k

3

Take 3δk

< ε ⇔ k ≥ 3δε

By choosing k large enough we can achieve semiglobalpractical stabilization

– p. 16/??

Page 421: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = x2 + u + d(t)

u = −x2 − kx, k > 0, ⇒ x = −kx + d(t)

V = 1

2x2 ⇒ V = −kx2 + xd(t)

V ≤ −k2x2 − |x|

(

k2|x| − δ

)

By choosing k large enough we can achieve global practicalstabilization

– p. 17/??

Page 422: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 25

Stabilization

Feedback Lineaization

– p. 1/??

Page 423: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Consider the nonlinear system

x = f(x) + G(x)u

f(0) = 0, x ∈ Rn, u ∈ Rm

Suppose there is a change of variables z = T (x), definedfor all x ∈ D ⊂ Rn, that transforms the system into thecontroller form

z = Az + Bγ(x)[u − α(x)]

where (A, B) is controllable and γ(x) is nonsingular for allx ∈ D

u = α(x) + γ−1(x)v ⇒ z = Az + Bv

– p. 2/??

Page 424: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

v = −Kz

Design K such that (A − BK) is Hurwitz

The origin z = 0 of the closed-loop system

z = (A − BK)z

is globally exponentially stable

u = α(x) − γ−1(x)KT (x)

Closed-loop system in the x-coordinates:

x = f(x) + G(x)[

α(x) − γ−1(x)KT (x)]

– p. 3/??

Page 425: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What can we say about the stability of x = 0 as anequilibrium point of

x = f(x) + G(x)[

α(x) − γ−1(x)KT (x)]

x = 0 is asymptotically stable because T (x) is adiffeomorphism. Show it!

Is x = 0 globally asymptotically stable? In general No

It is globally asymptotically stable if T (x) is a globaldiffeomorphism (See page 508)

– p. 4/??

Page 426: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What information do we need to implement the control

u = α(x) − γ−1(x)KT (x) ?

What is the effect of uncertainty in α, γ, and T ?

Let α(x), γ(x), and T (x) be nominal models of α(x),γ(x), and T (x)

u = α(x) − γ−1(x)KT (x)

Closed-loop system:

z = (A − BK)z + Bδ(z)

δ = γ[α − α + γ−1KT − γ−1KT ]

– p. 5/??

Page 427: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z = (A − BK)z + Bδ(z) (∗)

V (z) = zT Pz, P (A − BK) + (A − BK)T P = −I

Lemma 13.3

If ‖δ(z)‖ ≤ k‖z‖ for all z, where

0 ≤ k <1

2‖PB‖

then the origin of (*) is globally exponentially stable

If ‖δ(z)‖ ≤ k‖z‖ + ε for all z, then the state z isglobally ultimately bounded by εc for some c > 0

– p. 6/??

Page 428: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example (Pendulum Equation):

θ = −a sin θ − bθ + cT

x1 = θ − δ, x2 = θ, u = T − Tss = T −a

csin δ

x1 = x2

x2 = −a[sin(x1 + δ) − sin δ] − bx2 + cu

u =1

ca[sin(x1 + δ) − sin δ] − k1x1 − k2x2

A − BK =

[

0 1

−k1 −(k2 + b)

]

is Hurwitz

– p. 7/??

Page 429: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

T = u +a

csin δ =

1

c[a sin(x1 + δ) − k1x1 − k2x2]

Let a and c be nominal models of a and c

T =1

c[a sin(x1 + δ) − k1x1 − k2x2]

x = (A − BK)x + Bδ(x)

δ(x) =

(

ac − ac

c

)

sin(x1 + δ1) −

(

c − c

c

)

(k1x1 + k2x2)

– p. 8/??

Page 430: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

δ(x) =

(

ac − ac

c

)

sin(x1 + δ1) −

(

c − c

c

)

(k1x1 + k2x2)

|δ(x)| ≤ k‖x‖ + ε

k =

ac − ac

c

+

c − c

c

k2

1+ k2

2, ε =

ac − ac

c

| sin δ1|

P =

[

p11 p12

p12 p22

]

, PB =

[

p12

p22

]

k <1

2√

p2

12+ p2

22

sin δ1 = 0 ⇒ ε = 0

– p. 9/??

Page 431: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Is feedback linearization a good idea?

Examplex = ax − bx3 + u, a, b > 0

u = −(k + a)x + bx3, k > 0, ⇒ x = −kx

−bx3 is a damping term. Why cancel it?

u = −(k + a)x, k > 0, ⇒ x = −kx − bx3

Which design is better?

– p. 10/??

Page 432: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

x2 = −h(x1) + u

h(0) = 0 and x1h(x1) > 0, ∀ x1 6= 0

Feedback Linearization:

u = h(x1) − (k1x1 + k2x2)

With y = x2, the system is passive with

V =

∫ x1

0

h(z) dz + 1

2x2

2

V = h(x1)x1 + x2x2 = yu

– p. 11/??

Page 433: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The control

u = −σ(x2), σ(0) = 0, x2σ(x2) > 0 ∀ x2 6= 0

creates a feedback connection of two passive systems withstorage function V

V = −x2σ(x2)

x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ h(x1(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

Asymptotic stability of the origin follows from the invarianceprinciple

Which design is better? (Read Example 13.20)

– p. 12/??

Page 434: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 27

Stabilization

Partial Feedback Linearization

– p. 1/11

Page 435: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Consider the nonlinear system

x = f(x) + G(x)u [f(0) = 0]

Suppose there is a change of variables

z =

[

η

ξ

]

= T (x) =

[

T1(x)

T2(x)

]

defined for all x ∈ D ⊂ Rn, that transforms the system into

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξ = Aξ + Bγ(x)[u − α(x)]

(A, B) is controllable and γ(x) is nonsingular for all x ∈ D

– p. 2/11

Page 436: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = α(x) + γ−1(x)v

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = Aξ + Bv

Suppose the origin of η = f0(η, 0) is asymptotically stable

v = −Kξ, where (A − BK) is Hurwitz

Lemma 13.1: The origin of

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = (A − BK)ξ

is asymptotically stable if the origin of η = f0(η, 0) isasymptotically stable

Proof: V (η, ξ) = V1(η)+k√

ξT Pξ

– p. 3/11

Page 437: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

If the origin of η = f0(η, 0) is globally asymptotically stable,will the origin of

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = (A − BK)ξ

be globally asymptotically stable? In general NoExample

η = −η + η2ξ, ξ = v

The origin of η = −η is globally exponentially stable, butthe origin of

η = −η + η2ξ, ξ = −kξ, k > 0

is not globally asymptotically stable. The region ofattraction is ηξ < 1 + k

– p. 4/11

Page 438: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

η = − 12(1 + ξ2)η

3, ξ1 = ξ2, ξ2 = v

The origin of η = − 12η3 is globally asymptotically stable

v = −k2ξ1−2kξ2def= −Kξ ⇒ A−BK =

[

0 1

−k2 −2k

]

The eigenvalues of (A − BK) are −k and −k

e(A−BK)t =

(1 + kt)e−kt te−kt

−k2te−kt (1 − kt)e−kt

– p. 5/11

Page 439: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Peaking Phenomenon:

maxt

k2te−kt =k

e→ ∞ as k → ∞

ξ1(0) = 1, ξ2(0) = 0 ⇒ ξ2(t) = −k2te−kt

η = − 12

(

1 − k2te−kt)

η3, η(0) = η0

η2(t) =η2

0

1 + η20[t + (1 + kt)e−kt − 1]

If η20 > 1, the system will have a finite escape time if k is

chosen large enough

– p. 6/11

Page 440: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma 13.2: The origin of

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = (A − BK)ξ

is globally asymptotically stable if the system η = f0(η, ξ)is input-to-state stable

Proof: UseLemma 4.7: If x1 = f1(x1, x2) is ISS and the origin ofx2 = f2(x2) is globally asymptotically stable, then theorigin of

x1 = f1(x1, x2), x2 = f2(x2)

is globally asymptotically stable

– p. 7/11

Page 441: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = α(x) − γ−1(x)KT2(x)

What is the effect of uncertainty in α, γ, and T2?

Let α(x), γ(x), and T2(x) be nominal models of α(x),γ(x), and T2(x)

u = α(x) − γ−1(x)KT2(x)

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = (A − BK)ξ + Bδ(z)

δ = γ[α − α + γ−1KT2 − γ−1KT2]

– p. 8/11

Page 442: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma 13.4

If ‖δ(z)‖ ≤ ε for all z and η = f0(η, ξ) is input-to-statestable, then the state z is globally ultimately bounded bya class K function of ε

If ‖δ(z)‖ ≤ k‖z‖ in some neighborhood of z = 0, withsufficiently small k, and the origin of η = f0(η, 0) isexponentially stable, then z = 0 is an exponentiallystable equilibrium point of the system

η = f0(η, ξ), ξ = (A − BK)ξ + Bδ(z)

– p. 9/11

Page 443: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof–First Part: As in Lemma 13.3

‖ξ(t)‖≤cε, ∀ t ≥ t0

‖η(t)‖ ≤ β0(‖η(t0)‖, t − t0) + γ0(supt≥t0

‖ξ(t)‖)

‖η(t)‖ ≤ β0(‖η(t0)‖, t − t0) + γ0(cε)

Proof–Second Part:c1‖η‖2 ≤ V1(η) ≤ c2‖η‖2

∂V1

∂ηf0(η, 0) ≤ −c3‖η‖2

∂V1

∂η

≤ c4‖η‖

– p. 10/11

Page 444: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V (z) = bV1(η) + ξT Pξ

V ≤ −

[

‖η‖

‖ξ‖

]T

Q

[

‖η‖

‖ξ‖

]

Q =

[

bc3 −(k‖PB‖ + bc4L/2)

−(k‖PB‖ + bc4L/2) 1 − 2k‖PB‖

]

b = k

Q is positive definite for sufficiently small k

– p. 11/11

Page 445: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 28

Stabilization

Backstepping

– p. 1/??

Page 446: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f(η) + g(η)ξ

ξ = u, η ∈ Rn, ξ, u ∈ R

Stabilize the origin using state feedback

View ξ as “virtual” control input to

η = f(η) + g(η)ξ

Suppose there is ξ = φ(η) that stabilizes the origin of

η = f(η) + g(η)φ(η)

∂V

∂η[f(η) + g(η)φ(η)] ≤ −W (η), ∀ η ∈ D

– p. 2/??

Page 447: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z = ξ − φ(η)

η = [f(η) + g(η)φ(η)] + g(η)z

z = u −∂φ

∂η[f(η) + g(η)ξ]

u =∂φ

∂η[f(η) + g(η)ξ] + v

η = [f(η) + g(η)φ(η)] + g(η)z

z = v

– p. 3/??

Page 448: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Vc(η, ξ) = V (η) + 1

2z2

Vc =∂V

∂η[f(η) + g(η)φ(η)] +

∂V

∂ηg(η)z + zv

≤ −W (η) +∂V

∂ηg(η)z + zv

v = −∂V

∂ηg(η) − kz, k > 0

Vc ≤ −W (η) − kz2

– p. 4/??

Page 449: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

1− x3

1+ x2, x2 = u

x1 = x2

1− x3

1+ x2

x2 = φ(x1) = −x2

1− x1 ⇒ x1 = −x1 − x3

1

V (x1) = 1

2x2

1⇒ V = −x2

1− x4

1, ∀ x1 ∈ R

z2 = x2 − φ(x1) = x2 + x1 + x2

1

x1 = −x1 − x3

1+ z2

z2 = u + (1 + 2x1)(−x1 − x3

1+ z2)

– p. 5/??

Page 450: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Vc(x) = 1

2x2

1+ 1

2z2

2

Vc = x1(−x1 − x3

1+ z2)

+ z2[u + (1 + 2x1)(−x1 − x3

1+ z2)]

Vc = −x2

1− x4

1

+ z2[x1 + (1 + 2x1)(−x1 − x3

1+ z2) + u]

u = −x1 − (1 + 2x1)(−x1 − x3

1+ z2) − z2

Vc = −x2

1− x4

1− z2

2

Vc = −x2

1− x4

1− (x2 + x1 + x2

1)2

– p. 6/??

Page 451: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2

1− x3

1+ x2, x2 = x3, x3 = u

x1 = x2

1− x3

1+ x2, x2 = x3

x3 = −x1 − (1 + 2x1)(−x1 − x3

1+ z2) − z2

def= φ(x1, x2)

V (x) = 1

2x2

1+ 1

2z2

2, V = −x2

1− x4

1− z2

2

z3 = x3 − φ(x1, x2)

x1 = x2

1− x3

1+ x2, x2 = φ(x1, x2) + z3

z3 = u −∂φ

∂x1

(x2

1− x3

1+ x2) −

∂φ

∂x2

(φ + z3)

– p. 7/??

Page 452: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Vc = V + 1

2z2

3

Vc =∂V

∂x1

(x2

1− x3

1+ x2) +

∂V

∂x2

(z3 + φ)

+ z3

[

u −∂φ

∂x1

(x2

1− x3

1+ x2) −

∂φ

∂x2

(z3 + φ)

]

Vc = −x2

1− x4

1− (x2 + x1 + x2

1)2

+z3

[

∂V

∂x2

−∂φ

∂x1

(x2

1− x3

1+ x2) −

∂φ

∂x2

(z3 + φ) + u

]

u = −∂V

∂x2

+∂φ

∂x1

(x2

1− x3

1+ x2) +

∂φ

∂x2

(z3 + φ) − z3

– p. 8/??

Page 453: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f(η) + g(η)ξ

ξ = fa(η, ξ) + ga(η, ξ)u, ga(η, ξ) 6= 0

u =1

ga(η, ξ)[v − fa(η, ξ)]

η = f(η) + g(η)ξ

ξ = v

– p. 9/??

Page 454: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Strict-Feedback Form

x = f0(x) + g0(x)z1

z1 = f1(x, z1) + g1(x, z1)z2

z2 = f2(x, z1, z2) + g2(x, z1, z2)z3

...zk−1 = fk−1(x, z1, . . . , zk−1) + gk−1(x, z1, . . . , zk−1)zk

zk = fk(x, z1, . . . , zk) + gk(x, z1, . . . , zk)u

gi(x, z1, . . . , zi) 6= 0 for 1 ≤ i ≤ k

– p. 10/??

Page 455: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Exampleη = −η + η2ξ, ξ = u

η = −η + η2ξ

ξ = 0 ⇒ η = −η

V0 = 1

2η2 ⇒ V0 = −η2, ∀ η ∈ R

V = 1

2(η2 + ξ2)

V = η(−η + η2ξ) + ξu = −η2 + ξ(η3 + u)

u = −η3 − kξ, k > 0

V = −η2 − kξ2 Global stabilization

– p. 11/??

Page 456: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 29

Stabilization

Passivity-Based Control

– p. 1/??

Page 457: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = f(x, u), y = h(x)

f(0, 0) = 0

uT y ≥ V =∂V

∂xf(x, u)

Theorem 14.4: If the system is

(1) passive with a radially unbounded positive definitestorage function and

(2) zero-state observable,

then the origin can be globally stabilized by

u = −φ(y), φ(0) = 0, yT φ(y) > 0 ∀ y 6= 0

– p. 2/??

Page 458: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof:

V =∂V

∂xf(x, −φ(y)) ≤ −yT φ(y) ≤ 0

V (x(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ u(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ≡ 0

Apply the invariance principle

A given system may be made passive by

(1) Choice of output,

(2) Feedback,

or both

– p. 3/??

Page 459: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Choice of Output

x = f(x) + G(x)u,∂V

∂xf(x) ≤ 0, ∀ x

No output is defined. Choose the output as

y = h(x)def=

[

∂V

∂xG(x)

]T

V =∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xG(x)u ≤ yT u

Check zero-state observability

– p. 4/??

Page 460: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Examplex1 = x2, x2 = −x3

1+ u

V (x) = 1

4x4

1+ 1

2x2

2

With u = 0 V = x3

1x2 − x2x

3

1= 0

Take y =∂V

∂xG =

∂V

∂x2

= x2

Is it zero-state observable?

with u = 0, y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ≡ 0

u = −kx2 or u = −(2k/π) tan−1(x2) (k > 0)

– p. 5/??

Page 461: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Feedback Passivation

Definition: The system

x = f(x) + G(x)u, y = h(x)

is equivalent to a passive system if there is

u = α(x) + β(x)v

such that

x = f(x) + G(x)α(x) + G(x)β(x)v, y = h(x)

is passive

– p. 6/??

Page 462: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem [31]: The system

x = f(x) + G(x)u, y = h(x)

is locally equivalent to a passive system (with a positivedefinite storage function) if it has relative degree one atx = 0 and the zero dynamics have a stable equilibriumpoint at the origin with a positive definite Lyapunov function

Example: m-link Robot Manipulator

M(q)q + C(q, q)q + Dq + g(q) = u

M = MT > 0, (M − 2C)T = −(M − 2C), D = DT ≥ 0

– p. 7/??

Page 463: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Stabilize the system at q = qr

e = q − qr, e = q

M(q)e + C(q, q)e + De + g(q) = u

(e = 0, e = 0) is not an open-loop equilibrium point

u = g(q) − φp(e) + v, [φp(0) = 0, eT φp(e) > 0 ∀e 6= 0]

M(q)e + C(q, q)e + De + φp(e) = v

V = 1

2eT M(q)e +

∫ e

0

φTp (σ) dσ

V = 1

2eT (M−2C)e−eT De−eT φp(e)+eT v+φT

p (e)e ≤ eT v

y = e

– p. 8/??

Page 464: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Is it zero-state observable? Set v = 0

e(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ e(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ φp(e(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ e(t) ≡ 0

v = −φd(e), [φd(0) = 0, eT φd(e) > 0 ∀e 6= 0]

u = g(q) − φp(e) − φd(e)

Special case:

u = g(q) − Kpe − Kde, Kp = KTp > 0, Kd = KT

d > 0

– p. 9/??

Page 465: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

How does passivity-based control compare with feedbacklinearization?

Example 13.20

x1 = x2, x2 = −h(x1) + u

h(0) = 0, x1h(x1) > 0, ∀ x1 6= 0

Feedback linearization:

u = h(x1) − (k1x1 + k2x2)

x =

[

0 1

−k1 −k2

]

x

– p. 10/??

Page 466: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Passivity-based control:

V =

∫ x1

0

h(z) dz + 1

2x2

2

V = x2h(x1) − x2h(x1) + x2u = x2u

Take y = x2

With u = 0, y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ h(x1(t)) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

u = −σ(x2), [σ(0) = 0, yσ(y) > 0 ∀ y 6= 0]

x1 = x2, x2 = −h(x1) − σ(x2)

– p. 11/??

Page 467: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearization:[

0 1

−h′(0) −k

]

, k = σ′(0)

s2 + ks + h′(0) = 0

Sketch the root locus as k varies from zero to infinity

One of the two roots cannot be moved to the left ofRe[s] = −

h′(0)

– p. 12/??

Page 468: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Cascade Connection:

z = fa(z) + F (z, y)y, x = f(x) + G(x)u, y = h(x)

fa(0) = 0, f(0) = 0, h(0) = 0

∂V

∂xf(x) +

∂V

∂xG(x)u ≤ yT u

∂W

∂zfa(z) ≤ 0

U(z, x) = W (z) + V (x)

U ≤∂W

∂zF (z, y)y + yT u = yT

[

u +

(

∂W

∂zF (z, y)

)T]

– p. 13/??

Page 469: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = −

(

∂W

∂zF (z, y)

)T

+ v ⇒ U ≤ yT v

The system

z = fa(z) + F (z, y)y

x = f(x) − G(x)

(

∂W

∂zF (z, y)

)T

+ G(x)v

y = h(x)

with input v and output y is passive with U as the storagefunction

Read Examples 14.17 and 14.18

– p. 14/??

Page 470: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 30

Stabilization

Control Lyapunov Functions

– p. 1/12

Page 471: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = f(x) + g(x)u, f(0) = 0, x ∈ Rn, u ∈ R

Suppose there is a continuous stabilizing state feedbackcontrol u = ψ(x) such that the origin of

x = f(x) + g(x)ψ(x)

is asymptotically stable

By the converse Lyapunov theorem, there is V (x) such that

∂V

∂x[f(x) + g(x)ψ(x)] < 0, ∀ x ∈ D, x 6= 0

If u = ψ(x) is globally stabilizing, then D = Rn and V (x)is radially unbounded

– p. 2/12

Page 472: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∂V

∂x[f(x) + g(x)ψ(x)] < 0, ∀ x ∈ D, x 6= 0

∂V

∂xg(x) = 0 for x ∈ D, x 6= 0 ⇒ ∂V

∂xf(x) < 0

Since ψ(x) is continuous and ψ(0) = 0, given any ε > 0,∃ δ > 0 such that if x 6= 0 and ‖x‖ < δ, there is u with‖u‖ < ε such that

∂V

∂x[f(x) + g(x)u] < 0

Small Control Property

– p. 3/12

Page 473: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Definition: A continuously differentiable positive definitefunction V (x) is a Control Lyapunov Function (CLF) for thesystem x = f(x) + g(x)u if

∂V

∂xg(x) = 0 for x ∈ D, x 6= 0 ⇒ ∂V

∂xf(x) < 0 (∗)

it satisfies the small control property

It is a Global Control Lyapunov Function if it is radiallyunbounded and (∗) holds with D = Rn

The system x = f(x) + g(x)u is stabilizable by acontinuous state feedback control only if it has a CLFIs it sufficient?

– p. 4/12

Page 474: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem: Let V (x) be a CLF for x = f(x) + g(x)u, thenorigin is stabilizable by u = ψ(x), where

ψ(x) =

−∂V

∂xf+

q

(∂V

∂xf)

2

+(∂V

∂xg)

4

(∂V

∂xg)

, if ∂V∂xg 6= 0

0, if∂V∂xg = 0

The function ψ(x) is continuous for all x ∈ D0 (aneighborhood of the origin) including x = 0. If f and g aresmooth, then ψ is smooth for x 6= 0. If V is a global CLF,then the control u = ψ(x) is globally stabilizing

Sontag’s Formula

– p. 5/12

Page 475: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Proof: For properties of ψ, see Section 9.4 of [88]

∂V

∂x[f(x) + g(x)ψ(x)]

If∂V

∂xg(x) = 0, V =

∂V

∂xf(x) < 0 for x 6= 0

If∂V

∂xg(x) 6= 0

V = ∂V∂xf −

[

∂V∂xf +

(

∂V∂xf

)2

+(

∂V∂xg)4

]

= −√

(

∂V∂xf

)2

+(

∂V∂xg)4

< 0 for x 6= 0

– p. 6/12

Page 476: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

How can we find a CLF?

If we know of any stabilizing control with a correspondingLyapunov function V , then V is a CLF

Feedback Linearization

x = f(x) +G(x)u, z = T (x), z = (A−BK)z

P (A−BK) + (A−BK)TP = −Q, Q = QT > 0

V = zTPz = T T (x)PT (x) is a CLF

Backstepping

– p. 7/12

Page 477: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:x = ax− bx3 + u, a, b > 0

Feedback Linearization:

u = −ax+ bx3 − kx (k > 0)

x = −kxV (x) = 1

2x2 is a CLF

∂V

∂xg = x,

∂V

∂xf = x(ax− bx3)

– p. 8/12

Page 478: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

−∂V∂xf +

(

∂V∂xf

)2

+(

∂V∂xg)4

(

∂V∂xg)

= − x(ax− bx3) +√

x2(ax− bx3)2 + x4

x

= −ax+ bx3 − x

(a− bx2)2 + 1

ψ(x) = −ax+ bx3 − x

(a− bx2)2 + 1

Compare with−ax+ bx3 − kx

– p. 9/12

Page 479: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Method ExpressionFL-u −ax+ bx3 − kx

FL-CLS x = −kxCLF-u −ax+ bx3 − x

(a− bx2)2 + 1

CLF-CLS −x√

(a− bx2)2 + 1

Method Small |x| Large |x|FL-u (−a+ k)x bx3

FL-CLS x = −kx x = −kxCLF-u −(a+

√a2 + 1)x −ax

CLF-CLS −√a2 + 1x −bx3

– p. 10/12

Page 480: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: Let V (x) be a CLF for x = f(x) + g(x)u andsuppose ∂V

∂x(0) = 0. Then, Sontag’s formula has a gain

margin [12,∞); that is, u = kψ(x) is stabilizing for all k ≥ 1

2

Proof: Let

q(x) = 1

2

− ∂V

∂xf +

(

∂V

∂xf

)2

+

(

∂V

∂xg

)4

q(0) = 0,∂V

∂xg 6= 0 ⇒ q > 0

∂V

∂xg = 0 ⇒ q = −∂V

∂xf > 0 for x 6= 0

q(x) is positive definite

– p. 11/12

Page 481: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = kψ(x) ⇒ x = f(x) + g(x)kψ(x)

V =∂V

∂xf +

∂V

∂xgkψ

∂V

∂xg = 0 ⇒ V =

∂V

∂xf < 0 for x 6= 0

∂V

∂xg 6= 0, V = −q + q +

∂V

∂xf +

∂V

∂xgkψ

q +∂V

∂xf +

∂V

∂xgkψ

= −(

k − 1

2

)

∂V

∂xf +

(

∂V

∂xf

)2

+

(

∂V

∂xg

)4

– p. 12/12

Page 482: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 31

Stabilization

Output Feedback

– p. 1/12

Page 483: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

In general, output feedback stabilization requires the use ofobservers. In this lecture we deal with three simple caseswhere an observer is not needed

Minimum Phase Relative Degree One Systems

Passive systems

System with Passive maps from the input to thederivative of the output

– p. 2/12

Page 484: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Minimum Phase Relative Degree One Systems

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

f(0) = 0, h(0) = 0, Lgh(x) 6= 0, ∀ x ∈ D

Normal Form:

φ(0) = 0, Lgφ(x) = 0,

[

η

y

]

=

[

φ

h(x)

]

η = f0(η, y), y = γ(x)[u− α(x)], γ(x) 6= 0

– p. 3/12

Page 485: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Assumptions:The origin of η = f0(η, 0) is exponentially stable

c1‖η‖2 ≤ V1(η) ≤ c2‖η‖2

∂V1

∂ηf0(η, 0) ≤ −c3‖η‖2

∣∣∣∣

∂V1

∂η

∣∣∣∣≤ c4‖η‖

‖f0(η, y) − f0(η, 0)‖ ≤ L1|y|

|α(x)γ(x)| ≤ L2‖η‖ + L3|y|

γ(x) ≥ γ0 > 0

– p. 4/12

Page 486: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

High-Gain Feedback:

u = −ky, k > 0

η = f0(η, y), y = γ(x)[−ky − α(x)]

V (η, y) = V1(η) + 1

2y2

V =∂V1

∂ηf0(η, y) − kγ(x)y2 − α(x)γ(x)y

V =∂V1

∂ηf0(η, 0) +

∂V1

∂η[f0(η, y) − f0(η, 0)]

− kγ(x)y2 − α(x)γ(x)y

V ≤ −c3‖η‖2 + c4L1‖η‖ |y| − kγ0y2 + L2‖η‖ |y| + L3y

2

– p. 5/12

Page 487: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V ≤ −c3‖η‖2 + c4L1‖η‖ |y| − kγ0y2 + L2‖η‖ |y| + L3y

2

V ≤ −

[

‖η‖

|y|

]T [

c3 −1

2(L2 + c4L1)

−1

2(L2 + c4L1) (kγ0 − L3)

]

︸ ︷︷ ︸

Q

[

‖η‖

|y|

]

det(Q) = c3(kγ0 − L3) − 1

4(L2 + c4L1)

2

det(Q) > 0 for k >1

c3γ0

[c3L3 + 1

4(L2 + c4L1)

2]

The origin of the closed-loop system is exponentially stable

If the assumptions hold globally, it is globally exp. stable

– p. 6/12

Page 488: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Passive Systems

Suppose the system

x = f(x, u), y = h(x, u)

is passive (with a positive definite storage function) andzero-state observable

Then, it can be stabilized by

u = −ψ(y), ψ(0) = 0, yTψ(y) > 0, ∀ y 6= 0

V ≤ uTy = −yTψ(y) ≤ 0

V = 0 ⇒ y = 0 ⇒ u = 0

y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ≡ 0

– p. 7/12

Page 489: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Systems with Passive Maps from u to y

x = f(x, u), y = h(x)

f(0, 0) = 0, h(0) = 0, h is cont. diff.

Suppose the system

x = f(x, u), y =∂h

∂xf(x, u)

def= h(x, u)

is passive (with a positive definite storage function) andzero-state observable

V ≤ uT y

With u = 0, y(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x(t) ≡ 0

– p. 8/12

Page 490: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

- h - Plant -

bs

s+aψ(·)

6

+

u y

z

- h - Plant - s -

b

s+aψ(·)

6

+

u y y

z

– p. 9/12

Page 491: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

For 1 ≤ i ≤ m

zi is the output ofbis

s+ aidriven by yi

ui = −ψi(zi)

ai, bi > 0, ψi(0) = 0, ziψi(zi) > 0 ∀ zi 6= 0

zi = −aizi + biyi

Use

Vc(x, z) = V (x) +

m∑

i=1

1

bi

∫ zi

0

ψi(σ) dσ

to prove asymptotic stability of the origin of the closed-loopsystem

– p. 10/12

Page 492: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Stabilize the pendulum

mℓθ +mg sin θ = u

at θ = δ1 using feedback from θ

x1 = θ − δ1, x2 = θ

x1 = x2, x2 = 1

mℓ[−mg sin θ + u]

u = mg sin θ − kpx1 + v, kp > 0

x1 = x2, x2 = − kp

mℓx1 + 1

mℓv

y = x1, y = x2

– p. 11/12

Page 493: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V = 1

2kpx

21 + 1

2mℓx2

2

V = kpx1x2 +mℓx2

[

− kp

mℓx1 + 1

mℓv]

V = x2v = yv

With v = 0, x2(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1(t) ≡ 0

- bss+a

-y z

ξ = −aξ + y, z = b(−aξ + y)

v = −kdz, kd > 0

u = mg sin θ − kp(θ − δ1) − kdz

– p. 12/12

Page 494: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 32

Robust Stabilization

Sliding Mode Control

– p. 1/17

Page 495: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2 x2 = h(x) + g(x)u, g(x) ≥ g0 > 0

Sliding Manifold (Surface):

s = a1x1 + x2 = 0

s(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ x1 = −a1x1

a1 > 0 ⇒ limt→∞

x1(t) = 0

How can we bring the trajectory to the manifold s = 0?

How can we maintain it there?

– p. 2/17

Page 496: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = a1x1 + x2 = a1x2 + h(x) + g(x)u

Suppose∣∣∣∣

a1x2 + h(x)

g(x)

∣∣∣∣≤ (x)

V = 12s2

V = ss = s[a1x2+h(x)]+g(x)su ≤ g(x)|s|(x)+g(x)su

β(x) ≥ (x) + β0, β0 > 0

s > 0, u = −β(x)

V ≤ g(x)|s|(x) − g(x)β(x)|s|

V ≤ g(x)|s|(x) − g(x)((x) + β0)|s| = −g(x)β0|s|

– p. 3/17

Page 497: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s < 0, u = β(x)

V ≤ g(x)|s|(x) + g(x)su = g(x)|s|(x) − g(x)β(x)|s|

V ≤ g(x)|s|(x) − g(x)((x) + β0)|s| = −g(x)β0|s|

sgn(s) =

1, s > 0

−1, s < 0

u = −β(x) sgn(s)

V ≤ −g(x)β0|s| ≤ −g0β0|s|

V ≤ −g0β0

√2V

– p. 4/17

Page 498: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V ≤ −g0β0

√2V

dV√

V≤ −g0β0

√2 dt

2√

V

∣∣∣∣

V (s(t))

V (s(0))

≤ −g0β0

√2 t

V (s(t)) ≤√

V (s(0)) − g0β01

√2

t

|s(t)| ≤ |s(0)| − g0β0 t

s(t) reaches zero in finite time

Once on the surface s = 0, the trajectory cannot leave it

– p. 5/17

Page 499: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s=0

What is the region of validity?

– p. 6/17

Page 500: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = x2 x2 = h(x) − g(x)β(x)sgn(s)

x1 = −a1x1 + s s = a1x2 + h(x) − g(x)β(x)sgn(s)

ss ≤ −g0β0|s|, if β(x) ≥ (x) + β0

V1 = 12x2

1

V1 = x1x1 = −a1x21 + x1s ≤ −a1x

21 + |x1|c ≤ 0

∀ |s| ≤ c and |x1| ≥ c

a1

Ω =

|x1| ≤c

a1, |s| ≤ c

Ω is positively invariant if∣∣∣∣

a1x2 + h(x)

g(x)

∣∣∣∣≤ (x) over Ω

– p. 7/17

Page 501: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Ω =

|x1| ≤c

a1, |s| ≤ c

-

6

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

HH

HH

HH

HH

HH

HH

HH

HH

HH

x1

x2s = 0

c/a1

c

∣∣∣∣

a1x2 + h(x)

g(x)

∣∣∣∣≤ k1 < k, ∀ x ∈ Ω

u = −k sgn(s)

– p. 8/17

Page 502: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Chattering

BB

BBB

BB

BBB

BB

BBB

HHYHHHHH

HHYHHH

Sliding manifold

a

s < 0 s > 0

How can we reduce or eliminate chattering?

– p. 9/17

Page 503: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Reduce the amplitude of the signum function

s = a1x2 + h(x) + g(x)u

u = − [a1x2 + h(x)]

g(x)+ v

s = δ(x) + g(x)v

δ(x) = a1

[

1 −g(x)

g(x)

]

x2 + h(x) −g(x)

g(x)h(x)

∣∣∣∣

δ(x)

g(x)

∣∣∣∣≤ (x), β(x) ≥ (x) + β0

v = −β(x) sgn(s)

– p. 10/17

Page 504: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Replace the signum function by a high-slope saturationfunction

u = −β(x) sat

(s

ε

)

sat(y) =

y, if |y| ≤ 1

sgn(y), if |y| > 1

-

6

−1

1

y

sgn(y)

-

6

−1

1

sat(y

ε

)

– p. 11/17

Page 505: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

How can we analyze the system?

For |s| ≥ ε, u = −β(x) sgn(s)

With c ≥ ε

Ω =

|x1| ≤ ca1

, |s| ≤ c

is positively invariant

The trajectory reaches the boundary layer |s| ≤ εinfinite time

The boundary layer is positively invariant

– p. 12/17

Page 506: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Inside the boundary layer:

x1 = −a1x1 + s s = a1x2 + h(x) − g(x)β(x)s

ε

x1x1 ≤ −a1x21 + |x1|ε

0 < θ < 1

x1x1 ≤ −(1 − θ)a1x21, ∀ |x1| ≥ ε

θa1

The trajectories reach the positively invariant set

Ωε = |x1| ≤ε

θa1, |s| ≤ ε

in finite time– p. 13/17

Page 507: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What happens inside Ωε?

Find the equilibrium points

0 = −a1x1 + s = x2, 0 = a1x2 + h(x) − g(x)β(x)s

ε

φ(x1) =h(x)

a1g(x)β(x)

∣∣∣∣x2=0

x1 = εφ(x1)

Suppose x1 = εφ(x1) has an isolated root x1 = εk1

h(0) = 0 ⇒ x1 = 0

– p. 14/17

Page 508: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1 = x1 − x1, z2 = s − a1x1

x2 = −a1x1 +s = −a1(x1 − x1)+s−a1x1 = −a1z1 +z2

z1 = −a1x1 + s = −a1z1 + z2

z2 = a1x2 + h(x) − g(x)β(x)s

ε

= a1(z2 − a1z1) + h(x) − g(x)β(x)z2 + a1x1

ε

z2 = ℓ(z) − g(x)β(x)z2

ε

ℓ(z) = a1(z2 − a1z1) + a1g(x)β(x)

[h(x)

a1g(x)β(x)−

x1

ε

]

– p. 15/17

Page 509: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1 = −a1z1 + z2, z2 = ℓ(z) − g(x)β(x)z2

ε

ℓ(0) = 0, |ℓ(z)| ≤ ℓ1|z1| + ℓ2|z2|g(x)β(x) ≥ g0β0

V = 12z21 + 1

2z22

V = z1(−a1z1 + z2) + z2

[

ℓ(z) − g(x)β(x)z2

ε

]

V ≤ −a1z21 + (1 + ℓ1)|z1| |z2| + ℓ2z

22 − g0β0

εz22

– p. 16/17

Page 510: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V ≤ −a1z21 + (1 + ℓ1)|z1| |z2| + ℓ2z

22 − g0β0

εz22

V ≤ −[

|z1||z2|

]T [

a1 −12(1 + ℓ1)

−12(1 + ℓ1)

(g0β0

ε − ℓ2

)

]

︸ ︷︷ ︸

Q

[

|z1||z2|

]

det(Q) = a1

(g0β0

ε− ℓ2

)

− 14(1 + ℓ1)

2

h(0) = 0 ⇒ limt→∞

x(t) = 0

h(0) 6= 0 ⇒ limt→∞

x(t) =

[

x1

0

]

Read Section 14.1.1

– p. 17/17

Page 511: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 33

Robust Stabilization

Sliding Mode Control

– p. 1/15

Page 512: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Regular Form:

η = fa(η, ξ)

ξ = fb(η, ξ) + g(η, ξ)u + δ(t, η, ξ, u)

η ∈ Rn−1, ξ ∈ R, u ∈ R

fa(0, 0) = 0, fb(0, 0) = 0, g(η, ξ) ≥ g0 > 0

Sliding Manifold:

s = ξ − φ(η) = 0, φ(0) = 0

s(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ η = fa(η, φ(η))

Design φ s.t. the origin of η = fa(η, φ(η)) is asymp. stable

– p. 2/15

Page 513: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = fb(η, ξ) −∂φ

∂ηfa(η, ξ) + g(η, ξ)u + δ(t, η, ξ, u)

u = −1

g

(

fb −∂φ

∂ηfa

)

+ v or u = v

u = −L

(

fb −∂φ

∂ηfa

)

+ v, L =1

gor L = 0

s = g(η, ξ)v + ∆(t, η, ξ, v)

∆ = fb −∂φ

∂ηfa + δ − gL

(

fb −∂φ

∂ηfa

)

∆(t, η, ξ, v)

g(η, ξ)

≤ (η, ξ) + κ0|v|

– p. 3/15

Page 514: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∆(t, η, ξ, v)

g(η, ξ)

≤ (η, ξ) + κ0|v|

(η, ξ) ≥ 0, 0 ≤ κ0 < 1 (Known)

ss = sgv + s∆ ≤ sgv + |s| |∆|

ss ≤ g[sv + |s|( + κ0|v|)]

v = −β(η, ξ) sgn(s)

β(η, ξ) ≥(η, ξ)

1 − κ0

+ β0, β0 > 0

ss ≤ g[−β|s| + |s| + κ0β|s|] = g[−β(1 − κ0)|s| + |s| ]

ss ≤ g[−|s| − (1 − κ0)β0|s| + |s| ]

– p. 4/15

Page 515: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

ss ≤ −g(η, ξ)(1 − κ0)β0|s| ≤ −g0β0(1 − κ0)|s|

v = −β(x) sat

(

s

ε

)

, ε > 0

ss ≤ −g0β0(1 − κ0)|s|, for |s| ≥ ε

The trajectory reaches the boundary layer |s| ≤ ε in finitetime and remains inside thereafter

Study the behavior of η

η = fa(η, φ(η) + s)

What do we know about this system and what do we need?

– p. 5/15

Page 516: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

α1(‖η‖) ≤ V (η) ≤ α2(‖η‖)

∂V

∂ηfa(η, φ(η) + s) ≤ −α3(‖η‖), ∀ ‖η‖ ≥ γ(|s|)

|s| ≤ c ⇒ V ≤ −α3(‖η‖), for ‖η‖ ≥ γ(c)

α(r) = α2(γ(r))

V (η) ≥ α(c) ⇔ V (η) ≥ α2(γ(c)) ⇒ α2(‖η‖) ≥ α2(γ(c))

⇒ ‖η‖ ≥ γ(c) ⇒ V ≤ −α3(‖η‖) ≤ −α3(γ(c))

The set V (η) ≤ c0 with c0 ≥ α(c) is positively invariant

Ω = V (η) ≤ c0 × |s| ≤ c, with c0 ≥ α(c)

– p. 6/15

Page 517: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

α(.)

α(ε)

α(c)

c0

ε c

V

|s|

Ω = V (η) ≤ c0 × |s| ≤ c, with c0 ≥ α(c)

is positively invariant and all trajectories starting in Ω reachΩε = V (η) ≤ α(ε) × |s| ≤ ε in finite time

– p. 7/15

Page 518: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 14.1: Suppose all the assumptions hold over Ω.Then, for all (η(0), ξ(0)) ∈ Ω, the trajectory (η(t), ξ(t)) isbounded for all t ≥ 0 and reaches the positively invariantset Ωε in finite time. If the assumptions hold globally andV (η) is radially unbounded, the foregoing conclusion holdsfor any initial stateTheorem 14.2: Suppose all the assumptions hold over Ω

(0) = 0, κ0 = 0

The origin of η = fa(η, φ(η)) is exponentially stale

Then there exits ε∗ > 0 such that for all 0 < ε < ε∗, theorigin of the closed-loop system is exponentially stable andΩ is a subset of its region of attraction. If the assumptionshold globally, the origin will be globally uniformlyasymptotically stable

– p. 8/15

Page 519: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2 + θ1x1 sin x2, x2 = θ2x22+ x1 + u

|θ1| ≤ a, |θ2| ≤ b

x2 = −kx1 ⇒ x1 = −kx1 + θ1x1 sin x2

V1 = 1

2x2

1⇒ x1x1 ≤ −kx2

1+ ax2

1

s = x2 + kx1, k > a

s = θ2x22+ x1 + u + k(x2 + θ1x1 sin x2)

u = −x1 − kx2 + v ⇒ s = v + ∆(x)

∆(x) = θ2x22+ kθ1x1 sin x2

– p. 9/15

Page 520: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

∆(x) = θ2x22+ kθ1x1 sin x2

|∆(x)| ≤ ak|x1| + bx22

β(x) = ak|x1| + bx22+ β0, β0 > 0

u = −x1 − kx2 − β(x) sgn(s)

Will

u = −x1 − kx2 − β(x) sat

(

s

ε

)

stabilize the origin?

– p. 10/15

Page 521: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Normal Form

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

ξρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1

f h(x) u

y = ξ1

View ξρ as input to the system

η = f0(η, ξ1, · · · , ξρ−1, ξρ)

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 2

ξρ−1 = ξρ

Design ξρ = φ(η, ξ1, · · · , ξρ−1) to stabilize the origin

– p. 11/15

Page 522: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = ξρ − φ(η, ξ1, · · · , ξρ−1)

Minimum Phase Systems: The origin of η = f0(η, 0) isasymptotically stable

s = ξρ + k1ξ1 + · · · + kρ−1ξρ−1

η = f0(η, ξ1, · · · , ξρ−1, −k1ξ1 − · · · − kρ−1ξρ−1)

ξ1

...

ξρ−1

=

1. . .

1

−k1 −kρ−1

ξ1

...

ξρ−1

– p. 12/15

Page 523: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Multi-Input Systems

η = fa(η, ξ)

ξ = fb(η, ξ) + G(η, ξ)E(η, ξ)u + δ(t, η, ξ, u)

η ∈ Rn−p, ξ ∈ Rp, u ∈ Rp

fa(0, 0) = 0, fb(0, 0) = 0, det(G) 6= 0, det(E) 6= 0

G = diag[g1, g2, · · · , gm], gi(η, ξ) ≥ g0 > 0

Design φ s.t. the origin of η = fa(η, φ(η)) is asymp. stable

s = ξ − φ(η)

s = fb(η, ξ)−∂φ

∂ηfa(η, ξ)+G(η, ξ)E(η, ξ)u+δ(t, η, ξ, u)

– p. 13/15

Page 524: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = fb(η, ξ)−∂φ

∂ηfa(η, ξ)+G(η, ξ)E(η, ξ)u+δ(t, η, ξ, u)

u = E−1

−L

[

fb −∂φ

∂ηfa

]

+ v

, L = G−1 or L = 0

si = gi(η, ξ)vi + ∆i(t, η, ξ, v), 1 ≤ i ≤ p∣

∆i(t, η, ξ, v)

gi(η, ξ)

≤ (η, ξ) + κ0 max1≤i≤p

|vi|, ∀ 1 ≤ i ≤ p

(η, ξ) ≥ 0, 0 ≤ κ0 < 1 (Known)

β(x) ≥(x)

1 − κ0

+ β0, β0 > 0

– p. 14/15

Page 525: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

sisi = sigivi + si∆i ≤ gisivi + |si|[ + κ0 max1≤i≤p

|vi|]

vi = −β sgn(si), 1 ≤ i ≤ p

sisi ≤ gi[−β + + κ0β]|si|

= gi[−(1 − κ0)β + ]|si|

≤ gi[− − (1 − κ0)β0 + ]|si|

≤ −g0β0(1 − κ0)|si|

Now use

vi = −β sat

(

si

ε

)

, 1 ≤ i ≤ p

Read Theorem 14.1 and 14.2 in the textbook

– p. 15/15

Page 526: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 34

Robust Stabilization

Lyapunov Redesign &Backstepping

– p. 1/??

Page 527: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lyapunov Redesign (Min-max control)

x = f(x) +G(x)[u+ δ(t, x, u)], x ∈ Rn, u ∈ Rp

Nominal Model: x = f(x) +G(x)u

Stabilizing Control: u = ψ(x)

∂V

∂x[f(x) +G(x)ψ(x)] ≤ −W (x), ∀ x ∈ D, W is p.d.

u = ψ(x) + v

‖δ(t, x, ψ(x) + v)‖ ≤ ρ(x) + κ0‖v‖, 0 ≤ κ0 < 1

x = f(x) +G(x)ψ(x) +G(x)[v + δ(t, x, ψ(x) + v)]

V =∂V

∂x(f +Gψ) +

∂V

∂xG(v + δ)

– p. 2/??

Page 528: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

wT =∂V

∂xG

V ≤ −W (x) + wT v + wT δ

wT v+wT δ ≤ wT v+‖w‖ ‖δ‖ ≤ wT v+‖w‖[ρ(x)+κ0‖v‖]

v = −η(x)w

‖w‖

(w

‖w‖= sgn(w) for p = 1

)

wT v + wT δ ≤ −η‖w‖ + ρ‖w‖ + κ0η‖w‖

= −η(1 − κ0)‖w‖ + ρ‖w‖

η(x) ≥ρ(x)

(1 − κ0)⇒ wT v + wT δ ≤ 0 ⇒ V ≤ −W (x)

– p. 3/??

Page 529: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

v =

−η(x) w‖w‖

, if η(x)‖w‖ ≥ ε

−η2(x)wε , if η(x)‖w‖ < ε

η(x)‖w‖ ≥ ε ⇒ V ≤ −W (x)

For η(x)‖w‖ < ε

V ≤ −W (x) + wT[

−η2 ·w

ε+ δ

]

≤ −W (x) −η2

ε‖w‖2 + ρ‖w‖ + κ0‖w‖‖v‖

= −W (x) −η2

ε‖w‖2 + ρ‖w‖ +

κ0η2

ε‖w‖2

– p. 4/??

Page 530: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

V ≤ −W (x) + (1 − κ0)

(

−η2

ε‖w‖2 + η‖w‖

)

−y2

ε+ y ≤

ε

4, for y ≥ 0

V ≤ −W (x) + ε(1 − κ0)

4, ∀ x ∈ D

Theorem 14.3: x(t) is uniformly ultimately bounded by aclass K function of ε. If the assumptions hold globally andV is radially unbounded, then x(t) globally uniformlyultimately boundedCorollary 14.1: If ρ(0) = 0 and η(x) ≥ η0 > 0 we canrecover uniform asymptotic stability

– p. 5/??

Page 531: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example: Pendulum with horizontal acceleration ofsuspension point

m[

ℓθ + A(t) cos θ]

= T/ℓ−mg sin θ

Stabilize the pendulum at θ = π

x1 = θ − π, x2 = θ, a =g

ℓ, c =

1

mℓ2, h(t) =

A(t)

x1 = x2, x2 = a sinx1 + cu+ h(t) cosx1

Nominal Model: x1 = x2, x2 = a sinx1 + cu

ψ(x) = −

(a

c

)

sinx1 −

(1

c

)

(k1x1 + k2x2)

– p. 6/??

Page 532: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

[

0 1

−k1 −k2

]

︸ ︷︷ ︸

Hurwitz

, V (x) = xTPx

δ =1

c

[(ac− ac

c

)

sinx1 + h(t) cosx1

(c− c

c

)

(k1x1 + k2x2)

]

+

(c− c

c

)

v

∣∣∣∣

c− c

c

∣∣∣∣≤ κ0,

∣∣∣∣

ac− ac

c

∣∣∣∣+

∣∣∣∣

c− c

c

∣∣∣∣

k21

+ k22

≤ k, |h(t)| ≤ H

|δ| ≤(k‖x‖ +H)

c+ κ0 |v|

def= ρ(x) + κ0 |v|, (κ0 < 1)

– p. 7/??

Page 533: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η(x) =ρ(x)

(1 − κ0), η(x) ≥

H

c(1 − κ0)

w =∂V

∂xG = 2xTP

[

0

1

]

= 2(p12x1 + p22x2)

v =

−η(x)sgn(w), if η(x)|w| ≥ ε

−η2(x)wε, if η(x)|w| < ε

u = −

(a

c

)

sinx1 −

(1

c

)

(k1x1 + k2x2) + v

Will this control stabilize the origin x = 0?

– p. 8/??

Page 534: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Backstepping

z1 = f1(z1) + g1(z1)z2

z2 = f2(z1, z2) + g2(z1, z2)z3...

zk−1 = fk−1(x, z1, . . . , zk−1) + gk−1(z1, . . . , zk−1)zk

zk = fk(z1, . . . , zk) + gk(z1, . . . , zk)u

gi 6= 0, 1 ≤ i ≤ k

– p. 9/??

Page 535: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z1 = f1 + g1z2 + δ1(z)

z2 = f2 + g2z3 + δ2(z)

...zk−1 = fk−1 + gk−1zk + δk−1(z)

zk = fk + gku+ δk(z)

|δ1(z)| ≤ ρ1(z1)

|δ2(z)| ≤ ρ2(z1, z2)

...|δk−1| ≤ ρk−1(z1, . . . , zk−1)

|δk| ≤ ρk(z1, . . . , zk)

The virtual control zi = φi(z1, . . . , zi−1) should be smooth

– p. 10/??

Page 536: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

x1 = x2 + θ1x1 sinx2, x2 = θ2x2

2+ x1 + u

|θ1| ≤ a, |θ2| ≤ b

δ1 = θ1x1 sinx2, δ2 = θ2x2

2

x1 = x2 + θ1x1 sinx2, |θ1x1 sinx2| ≤ a|x1|

x2 = −k1x1

V1 = 1

2x2

1, V1 ≤ −(k1 − a)x2

1; Take k1 = 1 + a

z2 = x2 + (1 + a)x1

– p. 11/??

Page 537: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = −(1 + a)x1 + θ1x1 sinx2 + z2

z2 = ψ1(x) + ψ2(x, θ) + u

ψ1 = x1 + (1 + a)x2, ψ2 = (1 + a)θ1x1 sinx2 + θ2x2

2

Vc = 1

2x2

1+ 1

2z2

2

Vc ≤ −x2

1+ z2[x1 + ψ1(x) + ψ2(x, θ) + u]

First Approach (Example 14.13):

u = −x1 − ψ1(x) − kz2, k > 0

Vc ≤ −x2

1− kz2

2+ z2ψ2(x, θ)

Restrict analysis to the compact set Ωc = Vc(x) ≤ c

– p. 12/??

Page 538: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

ψ2 = (1 + a)θ1x1 sinx2 + θ2x2

2

|ψ2| ≤ a(1 + a)|x1| + bρ|x2|, ρ = maxx∈Ωc

|x2|

x2 = z2 − (1 + a)x1

|ψ2| ≤ (1 + a)(a+ bρ)|x1| + bρ|z2|

Vc ≤ −x2

1− kz2

2+ (1 + a)(a+ bρ)|x1| |z2| + bρz2

2

We can make V neg. def. by choosing k large enough

Can this control achieve global stabilization?

Can it achieve semiglobal stabilization?

– p. 13/??

Page 539: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Second Approach (Example 14.14):

u = −x1 − ψ1(x) − kz2 + v

Vc ≤ −x2

1− kz2

2+ z2[ψ2 + v]

|ψ2| ≤ a(1 + a)|x1| + bx2

2

v =

−η(x) sgn(z2), if η(x)|z2| ≥ ε

−η2(x)z2/ε, if η(x)|z2| < ε

η(x) = η0 + a(1 + a)|x1| + bx2

2, η0 > 0, ε > 0

Vc ≤ −x2

1− kz2

2+ε

4

Show that this control is globally stabilizing– p. 14/??

Page 540: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 35

Tracking

Feedback Linearization &Sliding Mode Control

– p. 1/11

Page 541: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

SISO relative-degree ρ system:

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

f(0) = 0, h(0) = 0

LgLi−1f h(x) = 0, for 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1, LgL

ρ−1f h(x) 6= 0

Normal form:η = f0(η, ξ)

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

ξρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x)u

y = ξ1

f0(0, 0) = 0

– p. 2/11

Page 542: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Reference signal r(t)

r(t) and its derivatives up to r(ρ)(t) are bounded for allt ≥ 0 and the ρth derivative r(ρ)(t) is a piecewisecontinuous function of t;

the signals r,. . . ,r(ρ) are available on-line.

Goal: limt→∞

[y(t) − r(t)] = 0

R =

r...

r(ρ−1)

, e =

ξ1 − r...

ξρ − r(ρ−1)

= ξ − R

– p. 3/11

Page 543: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f0(η, e + R)

e = Ace + Bc

[

Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x)u − r(ρ)

]

Ac =

0 1 0 . . . 0

0 0 1 . . . 0... . . . ...... 0 1

0 . . . . . . 0 0

, Bc =

0

0...0

1

u =1

LgLρ−1f h(x)

[

−Lρfh(x) + r(ρ) + v

]

e = Ace + Bcv

– p. 4/11

Page 544: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

v = −Ke ⇒ e = (Ac − BcK)︸ ︷︷ ︸

Hurwitz

e

limt→∞

e(t) = 0 ⇒ limt→∞

[y(t) − r(t)] = 0

e(t) is bounded ⇒ ξ(t) = e(t) + R(t) is bounded

What about η(t)?η = f0(η, ξ)

Local Tracking (small ‖η(0)‖, ‖e(0)‖, ‖R(t)‖):

Minimum Phase ⇒ The origin of η = f0(η, 0) isasymptotically stable

⇒ η is bounded for sufficiently small‖η(0)‖, ‖e(0)‖, and ‖R(t)‖

– p. 5/11

Page 545: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Global Tracking (large ‖η(0)‖, ‖e(0)‖, ‖R(t)‖):

What condition on η = f0(η, ξ) is needed?

Example 13.21

x1 = x2, x2 = −a sin x1 − bx2 + cu, y = x1

e1 = x1 − r, e2 = x2 − r

e1 = e2, e2 = −a sin x1 − bx2 + cu − r

u =1

c[a sin x1 + bx2 + r − k1e1 − k2e2]

e1 = e2, e2 = −k1e1 − k2e2

See simulation in the textbook

– p. 6/11

Page 546: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Sliding Mode Control

x = f(x) + g(x)[u + δ(t, x, u)], y = h(x)

Lgh(x) = · · · = LgLρ−2f h(x) = 0, LgL

ρ−1f h(x) ≥ a > 0

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξ1 = ξ2

......

ξρ−1 = ξρ

ξρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x)[u + δ(t, x, u)]

y = ξ1

e = ξ − R

– p. 7/11

Page 547: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f0(η, ξ)

e1 = e2

......

eρ−1 = eρ

eρ = Lρfh(x) + LgL

ρ−1f h(x)[u + δ(t, x, u)] − r(ρ)(t)

Sliding surface:

s = (k1e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ−1) + eρ

s(t) ≡ 0 ⇒ eρ = −(k1e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ−1)

– p. 8/11

Page 548: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f0(η, ξ)

e1 = e2

......

eρ−1 = −(k1e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ−1)

Design k1 to kρ−1 such that the matrix

1. . .

1

−k1 −kρ−1

is Hurwitz

Assumption: The system f0(η, ξ) is BIBS stable

– p. 9/11

Page 549: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = (k1e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ−1) + eρ =

ρ−1∑

i=1

kiei + eρ

s =

ρ−1∑

i=1

kiei+1+Lρfh(x)+LgL

ρ−1f h(x)[u+δ(t, x, u)]−r(ρ)(t)

u = −1

LgLρ−1f h(x)

[ρ−1∑

i=1

kiei+1 + Lρfh(x) − r(ρ)(t)

]

+ v

s = LgLρ−1f h(x)v + ∆(t, x, v)

∣∣∣∣∣

∆(t, x, v)

LgLρ−1f h(x)

∣∣∣∣∣≤ (x) + κ0|v|, 0 ≤ κ0 < 1

– p. 10/11

Page 550: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

v = −β(x) sat

(s

ε

)

, ε > 0

β(x) ≥(x)

(1 − κ0)+ β0, β0 >

What properties can we prove for this control?

– p. 11/11

Page 551: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 36

Tracking

Equilibrium-to-EquilibriumTransition

– p. 1/12

Page 552: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η = f0(η, ξ)

ξi = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

ξρ = Lρfh(x)

︸ ︷︷ ︸

fb(η,ξ)

+ LgLρ−1f h(x)

︸ ︷︷ ︸

gb(η,ξ)

u

y = ξ1

Equilibrium point:

0 = f0(η, ξ)

0 = ξi+1, 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

0 = fb(η, ξ) + gb(η, ξ)u

y = ξ1

– p. 2/12

Page 553: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

ξ1 = y, ξi = 0 for 2 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

0 = f0(η, y, 0, · · · , 0), u = −fb(η, y, 0, · · · , 0)

gb(η, y, 0, · · · , 0)

Assume f0(η, y, 0, · · · , 0) has a unique solution η in thedomain of interest

η = φη(y), u = φu(y)

By assumption (and without loss of generality)

φη(0) = 0, φu(0) = 0

– p. 3/12

Page 554: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Goal: Move the system from equilibrium at y = 0 toequilibrium at y = y, either asymptotically or over a finitetime period

First Approach: Apply a step command

y∗(t) =

0, for t < 0

y for t ≥ 0

Is this allowed ?

Take r = y, for t ≥ 0

r(i) = 0 for i ≥ 2

– p. 4/12

Page 555: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η(0) = 0, e1(0) = −y, ei(0) = 0 for i ≥ 2

The shape of the transient response depends on thesolution of

e = (Ac − BcK)e

in feedback linearizationor the solution of

e1

e2...

eρ−1

=

1. . .

1

−k1 −kρ−1

e1

e2...

eρ−1

+

1

s

in sliding mode controlWhat is the impact of the reaching phase?

– p. 5/12

Page 556: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Second Approach: Take r(t) as the zero-state response ofa Hurwitz transfer function driven by y∗Typical Choice:

sρ + a1sρ−1 + · · · + aρ−1s + aρ

Choose the parameters a1 to aρ to shape the response of r

r(0) = 0 ⇒ e1(0) = 0 ⇒ e(0) = 0

Feedback Linearization:

Sliding Mode Control:

– p. 6/12

Page 557: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

The derivatives of r are generated by the pre-filter

z =

1. . .

1

−aρ −a1

z +

y∗

r =[

1]

z

r = z1, r = z2, . . . . . . r(ρ−1) = zρ

r(ρ) = −

ρ∑

i=1

aρ−i+1zi + aρy∗

Does r(t) satisfy the assumptions imposed last lecture?

– p. 7/12

Page 558: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example 13.22

x1 = x2, x2 = −10 sin x1 − x2 + 10u, y = x1

Move the pendulum from equilibrium at x1 = 0 toequilibrium at x1 = π

2

Constraint : |u(t)| ≤ 2

y∗ =

0, for t < 0π2 for t ≥ 0

Pre-Filter:1

(τs + 1)2

– p. 8/12

Page 559: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z =

[

0 1−1τ 2

−2τ

]

z +

[

01τ 2

]

y∗

r =[

1 0]

z

r = z1, r = z2, r =1

τ 2(y∗ − r) −

2

τz2

r(t) = π2

[

1 − e− t

τ

(1 + t

τ

)]

u = 0.1(10 sin x1 + x2 + r − k1e1 − k2e2)

– p. 9/12

Page 560: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

0 0.5 1 1.5 20

0.5

1

1.5

2

Out

put

τ = 0.05

0 0.5 1 1.5 20

0.5

1

1.5

2

Out

put

τ = 0.25

outputreference

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

−2

−1

0

1

2

τ = 0.05

Con

trol

Time

outputreference

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

−2

−1

0

1

2

Time

Con

trol

τ = 0.25

– p. 10/12

Page 561: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Third Approach: Plan a trajectory (r(t), r(t), . . . , r(ρ)(t))to move from (0, 0, . . . , 0) to (y, 0, . . . , 0) in finite time T

Example: ρ = 2

TT/20

a

−a

r(2)

at a(T−t)

r(1)

at2/2 −aT2/4+aTt−at2/2

aT2/4r

– p. 11/12

Page 562: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

r(t) =

at2

2for 0 ≤ t ≤ T

2

−aT 2

4 + aT t − at2

2 for T2 ≤ t ≤ T

aT 2

4 for t ≥ T

a =4y

T 2⇒ r(t) = y for t ≥ T

– p. 12/12

Page 563: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 37

Observers

Linearizationand

Extended Kalman Filter (EKF)

– p. 1/12

Page 564: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linear Observer via Linearization

x = f(x, u), y = h(x)

0 = f(xss, uss), yss = h(xss)

Linearize about the equilibrium point:

xδ = Axδ + Buδ, yδ = Cxδ

xδ = x − xss, uδ = u − uss, yδ = y − yss

What are A, B, C?

˙xδ = Axδ + Buδ + H(yδ − Cxδ), x = xss + xδ

(A − HC) is Hurwitz

It will work locally for sufficiently small ‖xδ(0)‖, ‖xδ(0)‖,and ‖uδ(t)‖

– p. 2/12

Page 565: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Feedback Control:

˙xδ = Axδ + Buδ + H(yδ − Cxδ)

uδ = −Kxδ, u = uss − Kxδ

Verify that the closed-loop system has an equilibrium pointat

x = xss, x = 0

and linearization at the equilibrium point yields[

˙x

]

=

[

(A − BK) BK

0 (A − HC)

] [

x

]

Which theorem would justify this controller locally?

– p. 3/12

Page 566: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Observer via Linearization

x = f(x, u), y = h(x)

0 = f(xss, uss), yss = h(xss)

˙x = f(x, u) + H[y − h(x)]

Equilibrium Point: x = xss, u = uss, x = xss

x = x − x

˙x = g(x, x, u), g(xss, 0, uss) = 0

Verify that linearization at the equilibrium point yields

˙x = (A − HC)x

Investigate the design of H and the use in feedback control

– p. 4/12

Page 567: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Extended Kalman Filter (EKF)

x = f(x, u) + w, y = h(x, u) + v

˙x = f(x, u) + H(t)[y − h(x, u)]

x = x − x

˙x = f(x, u) + w − f(x, u) − H[h(x, u) + v − h(x, u)]

Substitute x = x + x and expand the RHS in a Taylorseries about x = 0

˙x = [A(t) − H(t)C(t)]x + η(x, t) + ξ(t)

A(t) =∂f

∂x(x(t), u(t)), C(t) =

∂h

∂x(x(t), u(t))

η(0, t) = 0, ξ(t) = w(t) − H(t)v(t)

– p. 5/12

Page 568: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Assuming that x(t), u(t), w(t), v(t), and H(t) arebounded and f and h are twice continuously differentiable,show that

‖η(x, t)‖ ≤ k1‖x‖2, ‖ξ(t)‖ ≤ k2

Hint:

f(x, u) − f(x, u) −∂f

∂x(x, u)x

=

1

0

∂f

∂x(σx + x, u) dσx −

∂f

∂x(x, u)x (Exercise 3.23)

=

1

0

[

∂f

∂x(σx + x, u) −

∂f

∂x(x, u)

]

dσ x

– p. 6/12

Page 569: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Kalman Filter Design: Let Q(t) and R(t) be symmetricpositive definite matrices that satisfy

0 < q1I ≤ Q(t) ≤ q2I, 0 < r1I ≤ R(t) ≤ r2I

Let P (t) be the solution of the Riccati equation

P = AP + PAT + Q − PCT R−1CP, P (t0) = P0 > 0

If (A(t), C(t) is uniformly observable, then P (t) exists forall t ≥ t0 and satisfies

0 < p1I ≤ P (t) ≤ p2I ⇒ 0 < p3I ≤ P −1(t) ≤ p4I

See a texbook on optimal control or optimal estimation

H(t) = P (t)C(t)T R−1(t)

– p. 7/12

Page 570: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Compute A(t) and C(t)

A(t) =∂f

∂x(x(t), u(t)), C(t) =

∂h

∂x(x(t), u(t))

Solve the Riccati equation

Compute H(t)

H(t) = P (t)C(t)T R−1(t)

Remark: The Riccati equation and the observer equationhave to be solved simultaneously in real time because A(t)and C(t) depend on x(t) and u(t)

– p. 8/12

Page 571: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Lemma: The origin of

˙x = [A(t) − H(t)C(t)]x + η(x, t)

is exponentially stable and the solutions of

˙x = [A(t) − H(t)C(t)]x + η(x, t) + ξ(t)

are uniformly ultimately bounded by an ultimate boundproportional to k2

Proof:V = xT P −1x

V = xT P −1 ˙x + ˙xTP −1x + xT d

dtP −1x

– p. 9/12

Page 572: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

d

dtP −1 = −P −1PP −1

V = xT P −1(A − PCT R−1C)x

+ xT (AT − CT R−1CP )P −1x

− xT P −1PP −1x + 2xT P −1(η + ξ)

V = xT P −1(AP + PAT − PCT R−1CP − P )P −1x

− xT CT R−1Cx + 2xT P −1(η + ξ)

= −xT (P −1QP −1 + CT R−1C)x + 2xT P −1(η + ξ)

≤ −c1‖x‖2 + c2‖x‖3 + c3‖x‖ (c3 ∝ k2)

– p. 10/12

Page 573: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Stochastic Interpretation: When w(t) and v(t) are

zero-mean, white noise stochastic processes,

uncorrelated, i.e., Ew(t)vT (τ ) = 0, ∀t, τ , and

Ew(t)wT (τ ) = Q(t)δ(t − τ )

Ev(t)vT (τ ) = R(t)δ(t − τ )

then x(t) is an approximation of the minimum varianceestimate that minimizes

E

[y(t) − h(x(t), u(t))]T [y(t) − h(x(t), u(t))]

and P (t) is an approximation of the covariance matrix

E

[x(t) − x(t)][x(t) − x(t)]T

– p. 11/12

Page 574: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Feedback Control: What can you say about the closed-loopsystem when x is used in feedback control?

– p. 12/12

Page 575: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 38

Observers

Exact Observers

– p. 1/12

Page 576: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Observer with Linear Error Dynamics

Observer Form:

x = Ax+ γ(y, u), y = Cx

where (A,C) is observable, x ∈ Rn, u ∈ Rm, y ∈ Rp

From Lecture # 24: An n-dimensional SO system

x = f(x) + g(x)u, y = h(x)

is transformable into the observer form if and only if

φ =[

h, Lfh, · · · Ln−1

f h]T

, rank

[

∂φ

∂x(x)

]

= n

b =[

0, · · · 0, 1]T

,∂φ

∂xτ = b

– p. 2/12

Page 577: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

[adifτ, adjfτ ] = 0, 0 ≤ i, j ≤ n− 1

[g, adjfτ ] = 0, 0 ≤ j ≤ n− 2

Change of variables:

τi = (−1)i−1adi−1

f τ, 1 ≤ i ≤ n

∂T

∂x

[

τ1, τ2, · · · τn

]

= I

z = T (x)

– p. 3/12

Page 578: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = Ax+ γ(y, u), y = Cx

˙x = Ax+ γ(y, u) +H(y − Cx)

x = x− x

˙x = (A−HC)x

Design H such that (A−HC) is Hurwitz

What about feedback control?

Let u = ψ(x) be a globally stabilizing state feedbackcontrol

u = ψ(x)

˙x = Ax+ γ(y, u) +H(y − Cx)

– p. 4/12

Page 579: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

How would you analyze the closed-loop system?

x = Ax+ γ(Cx, ψ(x− x))

˙x = (A−HC)x

We know that

the origin of x = Ax+ γ(Cx, ψ(x)) is globallyasymptotically stable

the origin of ˙x = (A−HC)x is globally exponentiallystable

What additional assumptions do we need to show that theorigin of the closed-loop system is globally asymptoticallystable?

– p. 5/12

Page 580: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Circle Criterion Design

x = Ax+ γ(y, u) − Lβ(Mx), y = Cx

where (A,C) is observable, x ∈ Rn, u ∈ Rm, y ∈ Rp,Mx ∈ Rℓ, β(η) = [ β1(η1), . . . , βℓ(ηℓ) ]T

˙x = Ax+ γ(y, u) −Lβ(Mx−N(y−Cx)) +H(y−Cx)

x = x− x

˙x = (A−HC)x− L[β(Mx) − β(Mx−N(y − Cx))]

˙x = (A−HC)x− L[β(Mx) − β(Mx− (M +NC)x)]

Definez = (M +NC)x

ψ(t, z) = β(Mx(t)) − β(Mx(t) − z)

– p. 6/12

Page 581: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

˙x = (A−HC)x− Lψ(t, z)

z = (M +NC)x

G(s)def= (M +NC)[sI − (A−HC)]−1L

- n - -

6

0 z

G(s)

ψ(·)

+

ψ(t, z) =[

ψ1(t, z1), . . . , ψℓ(t, zℓ)]T

– p. 7/12

Page 582: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Main Assumption: βi(·) is a nondecreasing function

(a− b)[βi(a) − βi(b)] ≥ 0, ∀ a, b ∈ R

If βi(ηi) is continuously differentiable

dβi

dηi≥ 0, ∀ηi ∈ R

ziψi(t, zi) = zi[βi((Mx)i) − βi((Mx)i − zi)] ≥ 0

zTψ(t, z) ≥ 0

– p. 8/12

Page 583: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

By the circle criterion (Theorem 7.1) the origin of

˙x = (A−HC)x− Lψ(t, z)

z = (M +NC)x

is globally exponentially stable if

G(s)def= (M +NC)[sI − (A−HC)]−1L

is strictly positive real

Design Problem: Design H and N such that G(s) isstrictly positive realFeasibility can be investigated using LMI (Arcak &Kokotovic, Automatica, 2001)

– p. 9/12

Page 584: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example:

x1 = x2, x2 = −x3

1− x3

2+ u, y = x1

A =

[

0 1

0 0

]

, C =[

1 0]

, γ =

[

0

−y3 + u

]

,

L =

[

0

1

]

, M =[

0 1]

, β(η) = η3,dβ

dη= 3η2 ≥ 0

h =

[

h1

h2

]

, N

G(s) = (M +NC)[sI− (A−HC)]−1L =s+N + h1

s2 + h1s+ h2

– p. 10/12

Page 585: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

From Exercise 6.7, G(s) is SPR if and only if

h1 > 0, h2 > 0, 0 < N + h1 < h1

h1 = 2, h2 = 1, N = − 1

2

G(s) =s+ 3

2

(s+ 1)2

˙x1 = x2 + 2(y − x1)

˙x2 = −y3 + u−(

x2 + 1

2(y − x1)

)3+ (y − x1)

– p. 11/12

Page 586: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What about feedback control?

Let u = φ(x) be a globally stabilizing state feedback control

Closed-loop system under output feedback:

x = Ax+ γ(y, φ(x− x)) − Lβ(Mx)

˙x = (A−HC)x− Lψ(t, z)

z = (M +NC)x

How would you analyze the closed-loop system?

ψ(t, z) depends on x(t). How would you show that ψ iswell defined?

What about the effect of uncertainty?

– p. 12/12

Page 587: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 38

Observers

High-Gain ObserversMotivating Example

– p. 1/14

Page 588: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x1 = x2, x2 = φ(x, u), y = x1

Let u = γ(x) stabilize the origin of

x1 = x2, x2 = φ(x, γ(x))

Observer:

˙x1 = x2 + h1(y − x1), ˙x2 = φ0(x, u) + h2(y − x1)

φ0(x, u) is a nominal model φ(x, u)

x1 = x1 − x1, x2 = x2 − x2

˙x1 = −h1x1 + x2, ˙x2 = −h2x1 + δ(x, x)

δ(x, x) = φ(x, γ(x)) − φ0(x, γ(x))

– p. 2/14

Page 589: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Design H =

[

h1

h2

]

such that Ao =

[

−h1 1

−h2 0

]

is Hurwitz

Transfer function from δ to x:

Go(s) =1

s2 + h1s + h2

[

1

s + h1

]

Design H to make supω∈R ‖Go(jω)‖ as small as possible

h1 =α1

ε, h2 =

α2

ε2, ε > 0

Go(s) =ε

(εs)2 + α1εs + α2

[

ε

εs + α1

]

– p. 3/14

Page 590: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Go(s) =ε

(εs)2 + α1εs + α2

[

ε

εs + α1

]

Observer eigenvalues are (λ1/ε) and (λ2/ε) where λ1 andλ2 are the roots of

λ2 + α1λ + α2 = 0

supω∈R

‖Go(jω)‖ = O(ε)

– p. 4/14

Page 591: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

η1 =x1

ε, η2 = x2

εη1 = −α1η1 + η2, εη2 = −α2η1 + εδ(x, x)

Ultimate bound of η is O(ε)

η decays faster than an exponential mode e−at/ε, a > 0

Peaking Phenomenon:

x1(0) 6= x1(0) ⇒ η1(0) = O(1/ε)

The solution contains a term of the form1

εe−at/ε

1

εe−at/ε approaches an impulse function as ε → 0

– p. 5/14

Page 592: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example

x1 = x2, x2 = x3

2+ u, y = x1

State feedback control:

u = −x3

2− x1 − x2

Output feedback control:

u = −x3

2− x1 − x2

˙x1 = x2 + (2/ε)(y − x1)

˙x2 = (1/ε2)(y − x1)

– p. 6/14

Page 593: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10−2

−1.5

−1

−0.5

0

0.5

x 1SFBOFB ε = 0.1OFB ε = 0.01OFB ε = 0.005

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10−3

−2

−1

0

1

x 2

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1−400

−300

−200

−100

0

u

t

– p. 7/14

Page 594: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

ε = 0.004

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08−0.6

−0.4

−0.2

0

0.2

x 1

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08−600

−400

−200

0

x 2

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08−1000

0

1000

2000

u

t

– p. 8/14

Page 595: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = sat(−x3

2− x1 − x2)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10−0.05

0

0.05

0.1

0.15x 1

SFBOFB ε = 0.1OFB ε = 0.01OFB ε = 0.001

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

−0.1

−0.05

0

0.05

x 2

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1

−1

−0.5

0

u

t

– p. 9/14

Page 596: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Region of attraction under state feedback:

−3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3−2

−1

0

1

2

x1

x 2

– p. 10/14

Page 597: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Region of attraction under outputfeedback:

−1.5 −1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5

−1

−0.5

0

0.5

1

x1

x 2

ε = 0.1 (dashed) and ε = 0.05 (dash-dot)

– p. 11/14

Page 598: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Analysis of the closed-loop system:

x1 = x2 x2 = φ(x, γ(x − x))

εη1 = −α1η1 + η2 εη2 = −α2η1 + εδ(x, x)

-

6

x

ηO(1/ε)

O(ε)

ΩcΩb -

-

qq

DDDDDDDDW

DDDDDDDDW

– p. 12/14

Page 599: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

What is the effect of measurement noise?

The high-gain observer is an approximate differentiator

Transfer function from y to x (with φ0 = 0):

α2

(εs)2 + α1εs + α2

[

1 + (εα1/α2)s

s

]

[

1

s

]

as ε → 0

Differentiation amplifies the effect of measurement noise

y = x1 + v, kn = supt≥0

|v(t)| < ∞

– p. 13/14

Page 600: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.160.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

1.1

the high−gain parameter epsilon

the

erro

r bo

und

εopt = O

(

kn

kd

)

, kd = supt≥0

|x1(t)|, kn = supt≥0

|v(t)|

– p. 14/14

Page 601: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 40

Observers

High-Gain ObserversStabilization

– p. 1/11

Page 602: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = Ax+Bφ(x, z, u)

z = ψ(x, z, u)

y = Cx

ζ = q(x, z)

u ∈ Rp, y ∈ Rm, ζ ∈ Rs, x ∈ Rρ, z ∈ Rℓ

A,B,C are block diagonal matrices

Ai =

0 1 · · · · · · 0

0 0 1 · · · 0...

...0 · · · · · · 0 1

0 · · · · · · · · · 0

ρi×ρi

, Bi =

0

0...0

1

ρi×1

– p. 2/11

Page 603: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Ci =[

1 0 · · · · · · 0]

1×ρi

, ρ =m∑

i=1

ρi

Normal form

Mechanical and electromechanical systems

Example: Magnetic Suspension

x1 = x2

x2 = g −k

mx2 −

L0ax2

3

2m(a+ x1)2

x3 =1

L(x1)

[

−Rx3 +L0ax2x3

(a+ x1)2+ u

]

– p. 3/11

Page 604: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Stabilizing (partial) state feedback controller:

u = γ(x, ζ)

ϑ = Γ(ϑ, x, ζ), u = γ(ϑ, x, ζ)

Closed-loop system under state feedback:

X = f(X ), X = (x, z, ϑ)

The origin of X = f(X ) is asymptotically stable

Observer:

˙x = Ax+Bφ0(x, ζ, u) +H(y − Cx)

– p. 4/11

Page 605: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

H is block diagonal

Hi =

αi1/ε

αi2/ε2

...αiρi−1

/ερi−1

αiρi/ερi

ρi×1

sρi + αi1sρi−1 + · · · + αiρi−1

s+ αiρi

is Hurwitz and ε > 0 (small)φ0(x, ζ, u) is a nominal model of φ(x, z, u), which isglobally bounded in x

– p. 5/11

Page 606: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Theorem 14.6 (Nonlinear Separation Principle:Suppose the origin of X = f(X ) is asymptotically stableand R is its region of attraction. Let S be any compact setin the interior of R and Q be any compact subset of Rρ.Then,

∃ ε∗1> 0 such that, for every 0 < ε ≤ ε∗

1, the solutions

(X (t), x(t)) of the closed-loop system, starting inS × Q, are bounded for all t ≥ 0

given any µ > 0, ∃ ε∗2> 0 and T2 > 0, dependent on

µ, such that, for every 0 < ε ≤ ε∗2, the solutions of the

closed-loop system, starting in S × Q, satisfy

‖X (t)‖ ≤ µ and ‖x(t)‖ ≤ µ, ∀ t ≥ T2

– p. 6/11

Page 607: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

given any µ > 0, ∃ ε∗3> 0, dependent on µ, such that,

for every 0 < ε ≤ ε∗3, the solutions of the closed-loop

system, starting in S × Q, satisfy

‖X (t) − Xr(t)‖ ≤ µ, ∀ t ≥ 0

where Xr is the solution of X = f(X ), starting at X (0)

if the origin of X = f(X ) is exponentially stable, then ∃ε∗4> 0 such that, for every 0 < ε ≤ ε∗

4, the origin of the

closed-loop system is exponentially stable and S × Q isa subset of its region of attraction.

– p. 7/11

Page 608: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Key ideas of the proof:

Representation of the closed-loop system as asingularly perturbed one with X as the slow and η(scaled estimation error) as the fast

Use of a converse Lyapunov theorem to constructpositively invariant sets

Use of global boundedness in x to show that η reachesO(ε) while X is inside a positively invariant set

Nonlocal versus local analysis

Novel Feature: Performance recovery

– p. 8/11

Page 609: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Example 14.19:

mℓ2θ +mg0ℓ sin θ + k0ℓ2θ = u

Stabilization at (θ = π, θ = 0). From Section 14.1

u = −k sat

(

a1(θ − π) + θ

µ

)

Suppose we only measure θ

˙θ = ω + (2/ε)(θ − θ)

˙ω = φ0(θ, u) + (1/ε2)(θ − θ)

φ0 = −a sin θ + cu

– p. 9/11

Page 610: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

u = −k sat

(

a1(θ − π) + ω

µ

)

or

u = −k sat

(

a1(θ − π) + ω

µ

)

– p. 10/11

Page 611: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

0 2 4 6 8 100.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

θ

(a)

0 2 4 6 8 10−2

−1

0

1

2

ω

(b)

0 2 4 6 8 100.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

θ

Time

(c)

0 2 4 6 8 100

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

θ

(d)

Time

SFBOFB ε = 0.05OFB ε = 0.01

– p. 11/11

Page 612: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Nonlinear Systems and ControlLecture # 41

Integral Control

– p. 1/17

Page 613: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

x = f(x, u, w)

y = h(x, w)

ym = hm(x, w)

x ∈ Rn state, u ∈ Rp control input

y ∈ Rp controlled output, ym ∈ Rm measured output

w ∈ Rl unknown constant parameters and disturbances

Goal:y(t) → r as t → ∞

r ∈ Rp constant reference, v = (r, w)

e(t) = y(t) − r

– p. 2/17

Page 614: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Assumption: e can be measured

Steady-state condition: There is a unique pair (xss, uss)that satisfies the equations

0 = f(xss, uss, w)

0 = h(xss, w) − r

Stabilize the system at the equilibrium point x = xss

Can we reduce this to a stabilization problem by shifting theequilibrium point to the origin via the change of variables

xδ = x − xss, uδ = u − uss ?

– p. 3/17

Page 615: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Integral Action:σ = e

Augmented System:

x = f(x, u, w)

σ = h(x, w) − r

Task: Stabilize the augmented system at (xss, σss) whereσss produces uss

- l - - - -

666

r −σ u y

−+

∫ StabilizingController

MeasuredSignals

Plant

– p. 4/17

Page 616: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Integral Control via Linearization

State Feedback:

u = −K1x − K2σ − K3e

Closed-loop system:

x = f(x, −K1x − K2σ − K3(h(x, w) − r), w)

σ = h(x, w) − r

Equilibrium points:

0 = f(x, u, w)

0 = h(x, w) − r

u = −K1x − K2σ

Unique equilibrium point at x = xss, σ = σss, u = uss

– p. 5/17

Page 617: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Linearization about (xss, σss):

ξδ =

[

x − xss

σ − σss

]

ξδ = (A − BK)ξδ

A =

[

A 0

C 0

]

, A =∂f

∂x(x, u, w)

eq

, C =∂h

∂x(x, w)

eq

B =

[

B

0

]

, B =∂f

∂u(x, u, w)

eq

K =[

K1 + K3C K2

]

– p. 6/17

Page 618: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

(A, B) is controllable if and only if (A, B) is controllableand

rank

[

A B

C 0

]

= n + p

Task: Design K, independent of v, such that (A − BK) isHurwitz for all v

(xss, σss) is an exponentially stable equilibrium point of theclosed-loop system. All solutions starting in its region ofattraction approach it as t tends to infinity

e(t) → 0 as t → ∞

– p. 7/17

Page 619: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Pendulum Example:

θ = −a sin θ − bθ + cT

Regulate θ to δ

x1 = θ − δ, x2 = θ, u = T

x1 = x2

x2 = −a sin(x1 + δ) − bx2 + cu

xss =

[

0

0

]

, uss =a

csin δ

σ = x1

– p. 8/17

Page 620: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

A =

0 1 0

−a cos δ −b 0

1 0 0

, B =

0

c

0

K1 = [k1 k2], K2 = k3, K3 = 0

(A − BK) will be Hurwitz if

b+k2c > 0, (b+k2c)(a cos δ+k1c)−k3c > 0, k3c > 0

Supposea

c≤ ρ1,

1

c≤ ρ2

k2 > 0, k3 > 0, k1 > ρ1 + ρ2

k3

k2

– p. 9/17

Page 621: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Output Feedback: We only measure e and ym

σ = e = y − r

z = Fz + G1σ + G2ym

u = Lz + M1σ + M2ym + M3e

Task: Design F , G1, G2, L, M1, M2, and M3,independent of v, such that Ac is Hurwitz for all v

Ac =

A + BM2Cm + BM3C BM1 BL

C 0 0

G2Cm G1 F

Cm =∂hm

∂x(x, w)

eq

– p. 10/17

Page 622: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Integral Control via Sliding Mode Design

η = f0(η, ξ, w)

ξ1 = ξ2

......

ξρ−1 = ξρ

ξρ = b(η, ξ, u, w) + a(η, ξ, w)u

y = ξ1

a(η, ξ, w) ≥ a0 > 0

Goal:y(t) → r as t → ∞

ξss = [r, 0, . . . , 0]T

– p. 11/17

Page 623: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Steady-state condition: There is a unique pair (ηss, uss)that satisfies the equations

0 = f0(ηss, ξss, w)

0 = b(ηss, ξss, uss, w) + a(ηss, ξss, w)uss

e0 = y − r

z = η − ηss, e =

e1

e2

...eρ

=

ξ1 − r

ξ2

...ξρ

– p. 12/17

Page 624: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z = f0(η, ξ, w)def= f0(z, e, w, r)

e0 = e1

e1 = e2

......

eρ−1 = eρ

eρ = b(η, ξ, u, w) + a(η, ξ, w)u

Partial State Feedback: e1, . . . , eρ are measured

s = k0e0 + k1e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ−1 + eρ

k0 to kρ−1 are chosen such that the polynomial

λρ + kρ−1λρ−1 + · · · + k1λ + k0 is Hurwitz

– p. 13/17

Page 625: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

s = k0e1 + · · · + kρ−1eρ + b(η, ξ, u, w) + a(η, ξ, w)u

s = ∆(η, ξ, u, w, r) + a(η, ξ, w)u∣

∆(η, ξ, u, w, r)

a(η, ξ, w)

≤ (e) + κ0|u|, 0 ≤ κ0 < 1

u = −β(e) sat

(

s

µ

)

β(e) ≥(e)

(1 − κ0)+ β0, β0 > 0

For |s| ≥ µ, ss ≤ −a0(1 − κ0)β0

What about the other state variables?

– p. 14/17

Page 626: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

z = f0(z, e, w, r)

ζ = Aζ + Bs (A is Hurwitz)

s = −a(·)β(e) sat

(

s

µ

)

+ ∆(·)

ζ = [e0, . . . , eρ−1]T

α1(‖z‖) ≤ V1(z, w, r) ≤ α2(‖z‖)

∂V1

∂zf0(z, e, w, r) ≤ −α3(‖z‖), ∀ ‖z‖ ≥ γ(‖e‖)

V2(ζ) = ζT Pζ, PA + AT P = −I

– p. 15/17

Page 627: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Ω = |s| ≤ c ∩ V2 ≤ c2ρ1 ∩ V1 ≤ c0

Ωµ = |s| ≤ µ ∩ V2 ≤ µ2ρ1 ∩ V1 ≤ α2(γ(µρ2))

All trajectories starting in Ω enter Ωµ in finite time and stayin thereafterInside Ωµ there is a unique equilibrium point at

(z = 0, e = 0, e0 = e0), s = k0e0, uss = −β(0)s

µ

Under additional conditions (the origin of z = f0(z, 0, w, r)is exponentially stable), local analysis inside Ωµ shows thatfor sufficiently small µ all trajectories converge to theequilibrium point as time tends to infinity

– p. 16/17

Page 628: Khalil - Nonlinear Systems Slides

Output Feedback: Only e1 is measured

High-gain Observer:

e0 = e1

u = −β sat

(

k0e0 + k1e1 + k2e2 + · · · + eρ

µ

)

˙ei = ei+1 +

(

αi

εi

)

(e1 − e1), 1 ≤ i ≤ ρ − 1

˙eρ =

(

αρ

ερ

)

(e1 − e1)

β = β(e1, e2, . . . , eρ)

– p. 17/17